{"title":"Cookware \u0026 Kitchen Tools","description":"\u003cp\u003eCookware and kitchen tools include frying pans, cake pans, choppers, sifters, spice jars and cutting boards.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eCooking pieces include a 316 stainless steel frying pan from 22 to 30 cm and a 3 L aluminium pressure cooker for gas stoves. For baking, there are non-stick carbon steel springform pans, a cake slicer and a flour sifter. Prep tools cover a 1200 ml vegetable chopper and double-sided steel cutting boards. Racks and jars keep spices and lids tidy.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003ePick pans by stove and material. Uncoated stainless steel lasts and handles high heat, while non-stick carbon steel bakeware releases cakes easily. Check the pan diameter in centimeters against your burner. Wall clips, plate racks and pull-out pot racks free cabinet space.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eCookware \u0026amp; Kitchen Tools questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ch3\u003eIs stainless steel good for frying pans?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, it is durable and works with high heat. Preheat the pan and use enough oil so food does not stick. Uncoated pans need a little technique, but they last.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat size cake pan do I need?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eAn 18 to 20 cm pan suits a small family cake, and 24 cm serves a larger crowd. Springform pans open at the side, so cheesecake and layer cakes lift out cleanly.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eHow do I store spices neatly?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eUse matching glass jars with lids, then place them on a wall-clip rack or a drawer tray. Label the tops. Keep them away from the stove heat.\u003c\/p\u003e","products":[{"product_id":"silicone-clip-on-strainer-compact-heat-resistant-universal-fit","title":"Clip-On Pot Strainer – Silicone Colander in 7 Colors, 8.86 in Wide","description":"\u003cp\u003eA clip-on pot strainer does the job of a colander without the second bowl: snap it to the rim, tilt the pot over the sink and the water runs out through the slots while the pasta stays put. It lies flat in a drawer once dry. It is part of our \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/home-and-kitchen\"\u003eKitchen Essentials\u003c\/a\u003e collection.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eKey features\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eClips onto the rim\u003c\/strong\u003e – the two side clips grip a pot, pan or bowl edge while you pour\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCurved silicone body\u003c\/strong\u003e – it bends to follow a round rim, covering 8.86 in of the edge\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSlotted face\u003c\/strong\u003e – long rows of holes let water out fast and hold back noodles, vegetables and fruit\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSmall to store\u003c\/strong\u003e – a 3.55 in deep piece takes far less room than a full colander\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaterial\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSilicone with metal clip\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWidth\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e8.86 in\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDepth\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3.55 in\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eColors\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBlack, Gray, White, Navy, Red, Blue, Green\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFits\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRound pot, pan and bowl rims\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWill the clip-on pot strainer fit my pot?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe clip-on pot strainer grips most round pot, pan and bowl rims and spans 8.86 in. Very thick or square rims may not hold as well, so try it with water first.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow do I use a silicone strainer with hot pasta water?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eClip the silicone strainer on, press it tight against the pot, then tilt slowly over the sink with oven mitts on, pouring away from you because the steam and water are hot.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan the clip-on strainer sit on the stove?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eLift the clip-on strainer off before the pot goes back on the heat. It is for draining, and silicone should not touch a flame or a hot burner.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBuying more than one, ordering again, or shopping for a gift or event?\u003c\/strong\u003e Email \u003ca href=\"mailto:cs@elysianoble.com\"\u003ecs@elysianoble.com\u003c\/a\u003e with the product link for a personal quote.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eShipping and returns\u003c\/strong\u003e – see our \u003ca href=\"\/policies\/shipping-policy\"\u003eShipping Policy\u003c\/a\u003e and \u003ca href=\"\/policies\/refund-policy\"\u003eRefund Policy\u003c\/a\u003e for delivery times and how returns work.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Elysianoble","offers":[{"title":"Black","offer_id":42338310914118,"sku":"a43f8be8-d17e-48e4-ba6e-377fed122b33","price":20.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Gray","offer_id":42338311045190,"sku":"bc273c71-f0c8-412c-b1e7-41c233cf925d","price":20.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Red","offer_id":42338311110726,"sku":"5ca30a3a-04db-4120-8f09-0c7489e30fca","price":20.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0610\/4747\/2198\/files\/a711ae6bb5f2f9c79293523708bae31b.jpg?v=1733246810"},{"product_id":"8-in-1-vegetable-chopper-mandoline-slicer-multifunctional-food-prep-tool","title":"Vegetable Chopper – 1200 ml Container, 2-in-1 to 9-in-1 Sets","description":"\u003cp\u003eThis vegetable chopper is a press-down dicer for onions, potatoes, peppers and other vegetables: put a blade insert in, lay the food on top and close the lid. The pieces drop straight into a 1200 ml (5 cup) container, so chopping for a meal takes one press per piece. It is part of our \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/home-and-kitchen\"\u003eKitchen Essentials\u003c\/a\u003e collection.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eKey features\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e1200 ml container\u003c\/strong\u003e – a 5 cup catch tray collects the chopped food under the blade\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eStainless steel dicing blades\u003c\/strong\u003e – small and large grids for fine or chunky dice\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSpiral and ribbon blades\u003c\/strong\u003e – in the 4-in-1 and larger sets, for vegetable noodles and ribbons\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLid lock\u003c\/strong\u003e – holds the lid closed for storage\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCleaning tools included\u003c\/strong\u003e – scrapers and a brush push food out of the blade grids\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eType\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eManual press-down chopper and dicer\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eContainer\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1200 ml (5 cups)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBlades\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eStainless steel dicing grids; spiral and ribbon inserts in larger sets\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSets\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2-in-1, 4-in-1, 8-in-1, 9-in-1, All-in-1\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eColours\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWhite or black\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIn the box (4-in-1 example)\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eChopper lid and 1200 ml container\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e4 blade inserts: small dice, large dice, spiral, ribbon\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFinger guard\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e2 cleaning scrapers and 2 cleaning brushes\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOther sets: the exact inserts are shown in each option's photo\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSafe use\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThe blades are sharp: hold inserts by the frame\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUse the finger guard for the spiral and ribbon blades\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow does the vegetable chopper work?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eOpen the lid of the vegetable chopper, place a blade insert, set the food on the blade and press the lid down; the pieces drop into the 1200 ml container below.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat comes in each vegetable chopper set?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe 2-in-1 vegetable chopper has a small and a large dicing blade. The 4-in-1 adds spiral and ribbon blades with a finger guard, and the larger sets add more inserts, as shown in each option's photo.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow do I clean the vegetable chopper?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe vegetable chopper comes with cleaning scrapers and a brush for pushing food out of the blade grids. Rinse the parts right after use, before food dries in the grid.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes the vegetable chopper have a lock?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes. The vegetable chopper lid has a lock that holds it closed for storage and while it is not in use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBuying more than one, ordering again, or shopping for a gift or event?\u003c\/strong\u003e Email \u003ca href=\"mailto:cs@elysianoble.com\"\u003ecs@elysianoble.com\u003c\/a\u003e with the product link for a personal quote.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eShipping and returns\u003c\/strong\u003e – see our \u003ca href=\"\/policies\/shipping-policy\"\u003eShipping Policy\u003c\/a\u003e and \u003ca href=\"\/policies\/refund-policy\"\u003eRefund Policy\u003c\/a\u003e for delivery times and how returns work.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Fullstar","offers":[{"title":"White \/ 4-in-1","offer_id":42338521841734,"sku":"dafa8daa-28d2-4a0e-bde8-20789e7458f8","price":44.97,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"White \/ All-in-1","offer_id":42338521940038,"sku":"01c50c33-b2d7-4ff2-adc8-bf65556baf59","price":52.45,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Black \/ 4-in-1","offer_id":42338522005574,"sku":"32f7b6d0-3857-4271-86ae-536eb10eecfd","price":44.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Black \/ 9-in-1","offer_id":42338522038342,"sku":"fcb092d3-bf99-481e-8b9e-93efabe22d8e","price":67.87,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"White \/ 2-in-1","offer_id":42338521907270,"sku":"01efff71-353c-4d73-9c8e-0b1ec52aceb2","price":37.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Black \/ 8-in-1","offer_id":42338522103878,"sku":"f638a33e-97be-4880-b85a-fc0db35a9f22","price":55.48,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"White \/ 9-in-1","offer_id":42338521874502,"sku":"a512e24f-f149-4b3c-a2dd-a2c0af3af0ae","price":67.48,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"White \/ 8-in-1","offer_id":42338521972806,"sku":"ecb275e8-2fd2-4b8c-9fb4-7832a8a78f67","price":73.47,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Black \/ 2-in-1","offer_id":42338522071110,"sku":"2866a017-ef85-4282-aca1-cd5ec56161f3","price":39.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0610\/4747\/2198\/files\/94f587c69adbe7b59bfcb69b5cfe7567.jpg?v=1733252714"},{"product_id":"wood-pepper-grinder-ceramic-core","title":"Wood Pepper Grinder – Ceramic Core, Adjustable, 14 to 26.5 cm","description":"\u003cp\u003eFresh pepper at the table starts with a twist of this wood pepper grinder, a hand mill with turned, stained wood and a ceramic grinding head. The knob on top sets the grind, and you choose one mill from three heights. It is part of our \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/home-and-kitchen\"\u003eKitchen Essentials\u003c\/a\u003e collection.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eKey features\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCeramic core\u003c\/strong\u003e – the head grinds pepper and sea salt with no metal burr\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGrind control\u003c\/strong\u003e – turn the knob clockwise for fine, counterclockwise for coarse\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eThree heights\u003c\/strong\u003e – 14.2, 21.7 or 26.5 cm tall\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHand turned\u003c\/strong\u003e – no battery or cable, so it lives on the table or at the stove\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eEasy refill\u003c\/strong\u003e – the knob and cover lift off for pouring in peppercorns\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProduct\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eManual pepper mill\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBody\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWood\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eGrinding head\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCeramic\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSmall\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e14.2 cm tall, 5 cm wide\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMedium\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e21.7 cm tall, 5.4 cm wide\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eLarge\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e26.5 cm tall, 5.4 cm wide\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSmall capacity\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAbout 15 g of black peppercorns\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePower\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNone, hand turned\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIn the box\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOne wood pepper grinder in the size you choose\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhich size of wood pepper grinder should I choose?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eSmall is 14.2 cm tall and holds about 15 g of peppercorns, Medium is 21.7 cm, and Large is 26.5 cm. Take Large if you like a tall mill for the table.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow do I change the grind on this pepper mill?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eTurn the knob on top of the wood pepper grinder: clockwise gives a fine grind and counterclockwise gives a coarse grind.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs the pepper grinder electric?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eNo, this wood pepper grinder is turned by hand and has no motor, battery or cable. You twist the top while holding the body.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat can I grind in a ceramic core mill?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe supplier lists pepper, sea salt, sesame beans and grains for this wood pepper grinder. Its ceramic head is the part that does the grinding.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow do I fill the wood pepper grinder?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eUnscrew the knob on top, lift off the cover, pour in peppercorns, then put the cover and knob back.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBuying more than one, ordering again, or shopping for a gift or event?\u003c\/strong\u003e Email \u003ca href=\"mailto:cs@elysianoble.com\"\u003ecs@elysianoble.com\u003c\/a\u003e with the product link for a personal quote.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eShipping and returns\u003c\/strong\u003e – see our \u003ca href=\"\/policies\/shipping-policy\"\u003eShipping Policy\u003c\/a\u003e and \u003ca href=\"\/policies\/refund-policy\"\u003eRefund Policy\u003c\/a\u003e for delivery times and how returns work.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Elysianoble","offers":[{"title":"Large","offer_id":42471291453510,"sku":"14:200006153#L","price":39.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Medium","offer_id":42471291486278,"sku":"14:200006152#M","price":33.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Small","offer_id":42471291519046,"sku":"14:200006151#S","price":26.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0610\/4747\/2198\/files\/S9d330421b5a844658c270b8b48c3330bE.webp?v=1738004745"},{"product_id":"adjustable-mandoline-slicer-18-cuts","title":"Adjustable Mandoline Slicer – 18 Cuts, Stainless Steel, Food Holder","description":"\u003cp\u003eThis adjustable mandoline slicer keeps every blade inside the frame, so you turn a dial for thickness and move a slider for the cut instead of fishing loose blades out of a drawer. Between the 4 thickness settings, 3 cut types and 2 julienne blades it makes more than 18 shapes, from paper-thin cucumber to crinkle fries and diced onion. It is part of our \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/home-and-kitchen\"\u003eKitchen Essentials\u003c\/a\u003e collection.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eKey features\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eOver 18 shapes\u003c\/strong\u003e – 4 thicknesses × 3 cut types × 2 julienne blades\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBuilt-in blades\u003c\/strong\u003e – chosen with the thickness dial, width knob and slice\/crinkle slider\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFood holder with steel pins\u003c\/strong\u003e – grips potatoes and onions so fingers stay clear of the blade\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDice and waffle cuts\u003c\/strong\u003e – rotate the setting for crinkle and waffle chips or dice onion and carrot\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFold-out legs\u003c\/strong\u003e – stands at an angle over a bowl or plate\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBlades\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eStainless steel, built in\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBody\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePP plastic with stainless steel deck\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSettings\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e4 thicknesses, 3 cut types, 2 julienne levels (thick, thin)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCuts\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSlice, crinkle, waffle, thick and thin julienne, dice\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSafety\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFood holder with stainless pins\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eModel\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eKC0326\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIn the box\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 adjustable mandoline slicer with food holder\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCare\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRinse right after use and brush out the blade slots\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBlades are sharp: always use the food holder\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow many cuts does the adjustable mandoline slicer make?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe adjustable mandoline slicer combines 4 thickness settings, 3 cut types and 2 julienne blades for more than 18 shapes, including slices, thick and thin julienne, crinkle and waffle cuts and diced onion.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDo I have to swap blades on the mandoline slicer?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eNo loose blades: the mandoline slicer's blades are built in and chosen with the dials and slider on the side; lift the stainless slicing deck before changing the blade setting.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow do I keep my fingers safe on the mandoline slicer?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eUse the food holder that comes with the mandoline slicer: its stainless pins grip the vegetable so your hand stays above the blade.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow do I clean the mandoline slicer?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eRinse the mandoline slicer under running water right after use, brushing food out of the blade slots, and let it dry before folding.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBuying more than one, ordering again, or shopping for a gift or event?\u003c\/strong\u003e Email \u003ca href=\"mailto:cs@elysianoble.com\"\u003ecs@elysianoble.com\u003c\/a\u003e with the product link for a personal quote.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eShipping and returns\u003c\/strong\u003e – see our \u003ca href=\"\/policies\/shipping-policy\"\u003eShipping Policy\u003c\/a\u003e and \u003ca href=\"\/policies\/refund-policy\"\u003eRefund Policy\u003c\/a\u003e for delivery times and how returns work.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Elysianoble","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":42471291617350,"sku":"14:29","price":62.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0610\/4747\/2198\/files\/Hb722c28bb198494b8b7d818cf7378023E.webp?v=1738004745"},{"product_id":"vegetable-chopper-dicer-slicer","title":"Vegetable Chopper – Dicer and Slicer with Container, 12 to 16 Pieces","description":"\u003cp\u003eA vegetable chopper turns a pile of onions, peppers and carrots into even cubes by pressing the hinged lid down through a grid, and the pieces drop straight into a clear container below. This one is 29.5 cm long with a fold-out handle, and the set swaps between two dicing grids and flat inserts for slices, thin strips and grated garlic. It is part of our \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/home-and-kitchen\"\u003eKitchen Essentials\u003c\/a\u003e collection.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eKey features\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePress-down dicing\u003c\/strong\u003e – the lid pushes food through a large or small grid in one stroke\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCatch container\u003c\/strong\u003e – a clear 10.5 cm deep box collects the cut food, with a lid to store it\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSlicing and strip inserts\u003c\/strong\u003e – flat blades for rounds of cucumber, julienne carrot and thick strips\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDrain basket\u003c\/strong\u003e – a separate basket to rinse vegetables before chopping\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCleaning comb\u003c\/strong\u003e – a small comb pushes stuck bits out of the grid\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eLength\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e29.5 cm (11.61 in) including handle\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eContainer\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e10.5 cm wide, 10.5 cm deep (4.13 in)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCuts\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLarge dice, small dice, slices, thin strips, thick strips, grated\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eColour\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGrey body with green inserts\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSets\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e12, 14 or 16 pieces\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIn the box\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eChopper lid and base with container\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDicing grids, slicing and strip inserts (number set by the piece count you choose)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDrain basket, hand guard and cleaning comb; the 16-piece set adds a hand-held peeler\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCare\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRinse the grids right after use so food does not dry in them\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThe blades are sharp – hold inserts by their frames\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the difference between the 12, 14 and 16 piece vegetable choppers?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe number is the count of parts in the vegetable chopper set; all three share the same 29.5 cm container and lid, and the larger sets add more blade inserts and small tools such as the hand-held peeler.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow big is the vegetable chopper container?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe vegetable chopper measures 29.5 cm long (11.61 in) with the handle, and the container is 10.5 cm wide and 10.5 cm deep (4.13 in).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow do you clean a vegetable chopper grid?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003ePush the small comb tool that comes with the vegetable chopper through the grid from below to clear trapped pieces, then rinse the grid under running water.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan the vegetable chopper dice onions?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes, the vegetable chopper dices onions: halve the onion, set it flat on the grid and press the lid down so the cubes fall into the container.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBuying more than one, ordering again, or shopping for a gift or event?\u003c\/strong\u003e Email \u003ca href=\"mailto:cs@elysianoble.com\"\u003ecs@elysianoble.com\u003c\/a\u003e with the product link for a personal quote.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eShipping and returns\u003c\/strong\u003e – see our \u003ca href=\"\/policies\/shipping-policy\"\u003eShipping Policy\u003c\/a\u003e and \u003ca href=\"\/policies\/refund-policy\"\u003eRefund Policy\u003c\/a\u003e for delivery times and how returns work.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Elysianoble","offers":[{"title":"14 Pieces","offer_id":42471335723078,"sku":"14:200006151#14 in 1 grey","price":24.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"16 Pieces","offer_id":42471335755846,"sku":"14:200006152#16 in 1 grey","price":29.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"12 Pieces","offer_id":42471335788614,"sku":"14:200006153#12 in 1","price":21.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0610\/4747\/2198\/files\/S8bc6387ae55f4b8ca8b84b6e4aecd0bbJ.webp?v=1738006656"},{"product_id":"rice-washing-bowl-stainless-steel-strainer","title":"Rice Washing Bowl – 304 Stainless Steel Strainer with Drain Spout","description":"\u003cp\u003eThis rice washing bowl lets you rinse rice in one vessel: fill it under the tap, swirl the grains by hand, then tip the bowl so the cloudy water runs out through the perforated spout while the rice stays put. It is a deep 304 stainless steel bowl, 24 cm across inside, in silver or a gold-tone finish. It is part of our \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/home-and-kitchen\"\u003eKitchen Essentials\u003c\/a\u003e collection.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eKey features\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePerforated pouring spout\u003c\/strong\u003e – a row of small holes on one side drains water as you tilt\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDrain patch in the base\u003c\/strong\u003e – a perforated area at the bottom lets the last water run off when the bowl sits in a sink\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDeep bowl\u003c\/strong\u003e – 13.5 cm tall, so rice can be swirled without splashing over the rim\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWide flat rim\u003c\/strong\u003e – a flat lip with grip slots on the side opposite the spout\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMore than rice\u003c\/strong\u003e – rinse soybeans, cherry tomatoes, grapes or salad leaves the same way\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaterial\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e304 stainless steel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eOuter width (with spout)\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e26.8 cm (10.55 in)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eInner diameter\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e24 cm (9.84 in)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eHeight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e13.5 cm (5.31 in)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBowl depth\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e9 cm (3.54 in)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFinish\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSilver or gold-tone\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIn the box\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 rice washing bowl in the chosen finish\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCare\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRinse grains or starch out of the holes straight after use\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDry with a towel so water marks do not form\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow big is the rice washing bowl?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe rice washing bowl is 26.8 cm (10.55 in) across including the spout, 24 cm (9.84 in) across the inside and 13.5 cm (5.31 in) tall.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes rice fall through the holes of the rice washing bowl?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe rice washing bowl has small drain holes only in the spout and a patch in the base, so you can tilt the water out while the grains stay in the bowl.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the rice washing bowl made of?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe rice washing bowl is 304 stainless steel, offered in plain silver or a gold-tone finish.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I wash fruit and beans in the rice washing bowl too?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes, the rice washing bowl works as a colander for soybeans, fruit and leafy vegetables as well as rice.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBuying more than one, ordering again, or shopping for a gift or event?\u003c\/strong\u003e Email \u003ca href=\"mailto:cs@elysianoble.com\"\u003ecs@elysianoble.com\u003c\/a\u003e with the product link for a personal quote.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eShipping and returns\u003c\/strong\u003e – see our \u003ca href=\"\/policies\/shipping-policy\"\u003eShipping Policy\u003c\/a\u003e and \u003ca href=\"\/policies\/refund-policy\"\u003eRefund Policy\u003c\/a\u003e for delivery times and how returns work.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Elysianoble","offers":[{"title":"Silver","offer_id":42471356727366,"sku":"14:193#1PCS","price":28.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Gold","offer_id":42471356760134,"sku":"14:175#Gold","price":28.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0610\/4747\/2198\/files\/Sa55b286a2c3a4c56ab3b431fe1140e12Z.webp?v=1738007942"},{"product_id":"stainless-steel-frying-pan-316-uncoated","title":"Stainless Steel Frying Pan – 316 Steel, Uncoated, 22 to 30 cm","description":"\u003cp\u003eFor a hard sear with no coating to scratch, this stainless steel frying pan is plain 316 steel inside and out, with a polished finish and a gold-tone handle. It heats on gas or induction and comes in five widths, from a 22 cm egg pan to a 30 cm family skillet. It is part of our \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/home-and-kitchen\"\u003eKitchen Essentials\u003c\/a\u003e collection.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eKey features\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUncoated 316 steel\u003c\/strong\u003e – no non-stick layer to chip or wear away\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLayered construction\u003c\/strong\u003e – the maker's diagram shows 7 layers\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eOne-piece body\u003c\/strong\u003e – the body is shown pressed from a single piece\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFive sizes\u003c\/strong\u003e – 22, 24, 26, 28 or 30 cm across the top\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGold-tone handle\u003c\/strong\u003e – a long, curved handle fixed to the rim\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003e22 cm\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBase 15 cm, height 5.2 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003e24 cm\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBase 18 cm, height 5.5 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003e26 cm\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBase 20 cm, height 5.5 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003e28 cm\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBase 23 cm, height 5.8 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003e30 cm\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBase 24 cm, height 6 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaterial\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e316 stainless steel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCoating\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNone\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIn the box\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 stainless steel frying pan in the size you choose\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes the stainless steel frying pan have a non-stick coating?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eNo, the stainless steel frying pan is uncoated, so preheat it, add oil, and let food release before turning it for less sticking.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhich stainless steel frying pan size should I choose?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe stainless steel frying pan comes in 22, 24, 26, 28 and 30 cm across the top. The base is smaller, at 15 cm on the 22 cm pan up to 24 cm on the 30 cm pan.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes the stainless steel frying pan work on induction?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe maker's cooker icons show the stainless steel frying pan on gas and induction, and the steel base sits flat on the hob.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes a lid come with the frying pan?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eSome photos show a lid. The in-the-box list for the stainless steel frying pan names the pan only, so email us with any lid question before you buy.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBuying more than one, ordering again, or shopping for a gift or event?\u003c\/strong\u003e Email \u003ca href=\"mailto:cs@elysianoble.com\"\u003ecs@elysianoble.com\u003c\/a\u003e with the product link for a personal quote.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eShipping and returns\u003c\/strong\u003e – see our \u003ca href=\"\/policies\/shipping-policy\"\u003eShipping Policy\u003c\/a\u003e and \u003ca href=\"\/policies\/refund-policy\"\u003eRefund Policy\u003c\/a\u003e for delivery times and how returns work.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Elysianoble","offers":[{"title":"22 cm","offer_id":42471418003526,"sku":"14:29#22cm","price":64.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"26 cm","offer_id":42471418036294,"sku":"14:10#26cm","price":66.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"24 cm","offer_id":42471418069062,"sku":"14:366#24cm","price":63.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"30 cm","offer_id":42471418101830,"sku":"14:496#30cm","price":70.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"28 cm","offer_id":42471418134598,"sku":"14:200002984#28cm","price":66.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0610\/4747\/2198\/files\/S0a1b5f41d74d4165819eca29aece5a3bt.webp?v=1738010532"},{"product_id":"glass-spice-jars-bamboo-lids-shaker","title":"Glass Spice Jars with Bamboo Lids – 4 oz Shaker Jars, Sets of 5 to 13","description":"\u003cp\u003eThese glass spice jars with bamboo lids are square 4 fl oz jars, 11 cm tall and 4 cm wide, that line up neatly in a drawer, on a rack or along a shelf. Under each screw-on bamboo lid sits a removable plastic shaker insert with small sift holes on one side and a wider pour opening on the other. Every set comes with sheets of spice label stickers, a folding funnel for refilling and a marker pen, packed in a foam box; choose 5, 8, 10, 12 or 13 jars. It is part of our \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/home-and-kitchen\"\u003eKitchen Essentials\u003c\/a\u003e collection.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eKey features\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e4 fl oz square jars\u003c\/strong\u003e – 11 cm tall and 4 cm wide, they stand close together\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eShaker insert\u003c\/strong\u003e – sift holes for sprinkling and a pour opening for spooning\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBamboo screw lids\u003c\/strong\u003e – natural bamboo caps over the shaker insert\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLabels, funnel and pen\u003c\/strong\u003e – printed and blank stickers, a folding funnel and a marker in every set\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSets of 5 to 13\u003c\/strong\u003e – from a starter set to a full spice drawer\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eType\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGlass spice jar set\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCapacity\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e4 fl oz per jar\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eJar size\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e11 cm tall, 4 cm square (4.3 x 1.6 in)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaterial\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGlass jar, bamboo lid, plastic shaker insert\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSets\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5, 8, 10, 12 or 13 jars\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eAlso in each set\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLabel sticker sheets, folding funnel, marker pen, foam box\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow big are the glass spice jars?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eEach glass spice jar holds 4 fl oz and measures 11 cm (4.3 in) tall and 4 cm (1.6 in) square.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDo the glass spice jars come with labels?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes. Every set of glass spice jars includes sheets of spice label stickers and a marker pen for writing your own.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I take the shaker top off the spice jars?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes. The plastic shaker insert under the bamboo lid of each glass spice jar lifts out, so you can spoon from the open jar or refill it with the funnel.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAre the bamboo lids dishwasher safe?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eWash the bamboo lids of the glass spice jars by hand and dry them; put only the glass jars and shaker inserts in warm soapy water.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBuying more than one, ordering again, or shopping for a gift or event?\u003c\/strong\u003e Email \u003ca href=\"mailto:cs@elysianoble.com\"\u003ecs@elysianoble.com\u003c\/a\u003e with the product link for a personal quote.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eShipping and returns\u003c\/strong\u003e – see our \u003ca href=\"\/policies\/shipping-policy\"\u003eShipping Policy\u003c\/a\u003e and \u003ca href=\"\/policies\/refund-policy\"\u003eRefund Policy\u003c\/a\u003e for delivery times and how returns work.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Elysianoble","offers":[{"title":"8 Jars","offer_id":42471420133446,"sku":"14:365016#8pcs jars set","price":47.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"5 Jars","offer_id":42471420166214,"sku":"14:100013775#5pcs jars set","price":47.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"12 Jars","offer_id":42471420198982,"sku":"14:350850#12pcs jars set","price":47.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"10 Jars – Set A","offer_id":42471420231750,"sku":"14:365458#10pcs jars set","price":47.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"13 Jars","offer_id":42471420264518,"sku":"14:350853#13pcs jars set","price":47.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"10 Jars – Set B","offer_id":42471420297286,"sku":"14:200006151#10pcs jars set","price":47.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0610\/4747\/2198\/files\/Sce2e98b8651c4206a6226558541cf44ee.webp?v=1738010540"},{"product_id":"pizza-cutter-wheel-stainless-steel","title":"Pizza Cutter Wheel – 6.5 cm Stainless Blade, Steel or Wood Handle","description":"\u003cp\u003eThis pizza cutter wheel rolls a 6.5 cm stainless steel blade through pizza crust, flatbread, waffles or rolled-out cookie dough, with a curved guard above the wheel to keep your fingers clear. Choose a cutter with a long all-steel handle and a hanging loop, a cutter with a turned wooden handle, or the steel cutter together with a wood-handled pie server for lifting the slices out. It is part of our \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/home-and-kitchen\"\u003eKitchen Essentials\u003c\/a\u003e collection.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eKey features\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e6.5 cm wheel\u003c\/strong\u003e – a stainless steel blade that rolls through crust\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFinger guard\u003c\/strong\u003e – a curved plate above the blade\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSteel or wood handle\u003c\/strong\u003e – an all-steel handle with a hanging loop, or a wooden one\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePie server option\u003c\/strong\u003e – a wood-handled server to lift slices\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNot only pizza\u003c\/strong\u003e – waffles, flatbread, pastry and cookie dough\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eType\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePizza cutter wheel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBlade\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eStainless steel, 6.5 cm (2.6 in) diameter\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eHandle\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eStainless steel with hanging loop, or wood\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eOptions\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSteel handle, wooden handle, steel handle with pie server\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow big is the pizza cutter wheel?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe pizza cutter wheel has a 6.5 cm (2.6 in) stainless steel blade.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat comes with the Steel Handle with Pie Server option?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThat option gives you the steel-handled pizza cutter wheel plus a pie server with a wooden handle for lifting slices.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs the pizza cutter wheel sharp?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes. The pizza cutter wheel blade is sharp; hold it by the handle, keep fingers behind the guard and store it out of children's reach.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow do I clean the pizza cutter wheel?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eWash the pizza cutter wheel by hand in warm soapy water, keeping fingers away from the blade edge, and dry it straight away; the wooden handle should not soak.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBuying more than one, ordering again, or shopping for a gift or event?\u003c\/strong\u003e Email \u003ca href=\"mailto:cs@elysianoble.com\"\u003ecs@elysianoble.com\u003c\/a\u003e with the product link for a personal quote.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eShipping and returns\u003c\/strong\u003e – see our \u003ca href=\"\/policies\/shipping-policy\"\u003eShipping Policy\u003c\/a\u003e and \u003ca href=\"\/policies\/refund-policy\"\u003eRefund Policy\u003c\/a\u003e for delivery times and how returns work.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Elysianoble","offers":[{"title":"Steel Handle with Pie Server","offer_id":42471420624966,"sku":"14:200006154#B-2PCS","price":20.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Steel Handle","offer_id":42471420657734,"sku":"14:200006153#B","price":16.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Wooden Handle","offer_id":42471420690502,"sku":"14:200006151#A","price":19.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0610\/4747\/2198\/files\/Hef30c27899754bc6b112c39670efe0c1x.webp?v=1738010541"},{"product_id":"adjustable-wire-cake-slicer-leveler","title":"Adjustable Cake Slicer – Wire Leveler, Single or Double Wire","description":"\u003cp\u003eThis adjustable cake slicer levels a domed sponge and splits it into even layers by pulling a taut wire through the cake at a height you choose. Home bakers use it before filling a layer cake, when a knife tends to leave a slanted cut. It is part of our \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/home-and-kitchen\"\u003eKitchen Essentials\u003c\/a\u003e collection.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eKey features\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSet the height in steps\u003c\/strong\u003e – the wire clips into notches 5 mm apart on both legs, up to 10.5 cm above the board\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLevel cuts\u003c\/strong\u003e – the frame rides flat on the board, so the wire stays parallel through the whole cake\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTwo wires, three layers\u003c\/strong\u003e – the double wire version splits one sponge into three layers in one pass\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWide frame\u003c\/strong\u003e – 32 cm across, with an 8.5 cm grip on top for one hand\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eStainless steel\u003c\/strong\u003e – 304 stainless steel cutting wire on a stainless steel frame, with plastic feet\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eType\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAdjustable wire cake slicer \/ leveler\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFrame width\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e32 cm (12.6 in)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaximum wire height\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e10.5 cm (4.1 in)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eNotch spacing\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eGrip width\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e8.5 cm (3.3 in)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWire\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e304 stainless steel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFrame\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eStainless steel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eChoosing a style\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSingle Wire – one wire for levelling the top or cutting one layer at a time\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDouble Wire – two wires that cut three layers in one pull\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSingle + Double Wire Set – one of each, 2 slicers in total\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIn the box\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOne single wire slicer, one double wire slicer, or both (the 2-piece set), depending on the style you choose.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCare\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRinse the wire and frame after use and dry them before storing\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eKeep the wire taut when clipping it in, so it does not kink\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow do I set the cutting height on the cake slicer?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eSlide each wire end along the notched legs of the cake slicer and clip it into the same notch on both sides; the notches sit 5 mm apart, so the wire stays level across the cake.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the difference between the single wire and double wire cake slicer?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe single wire cake slicer cuts one layer per pass, while the double wire version holds two wires and can split a sponge into three layers in one pull.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow wide a cake can the wire slicer cut?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe wire cake slicer frame is 32 cm (12.6 in) wide, so it spans round cakes a little narrower than that; the wire sits up to 10.5 cm (4.1 in) above the board.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the cake slicer wire made of?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe cutting wire of this cake slicer is 304 stainless steel, held taut between the two legs of a stainless steel frame.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBuying more than one, ordering again, or shopping for a gift or event?\u003c\/strong\u003e Email \u003ca href=\"mailto:cs@elysianoble.com\"\u003ecs@elysianoble.com\u003c\/a\u003e with the product link for a personal quote.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eShipping and returns\u003c\/strong\u003e – see our \u003ca href=\"\/policies\/shipping-policy\"\u003eShipping Policy\u003c\/a\u003e and \u003ca href=\"\/policies\/refund-policy\"\u003eRefund Policy\u003c\/a\u003e for delivery times and how returns work.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Elysianoble","offers":[{"title":"Double Wire","offer_id":42471502512198,"sku":"14:200000195#Double Line","price":21.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Single + Double Wire Set","offer_id":42471502544966,"sku":"14:200006154#2PCS","price":26.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Single Wire","offer_id":42471502577734,"sku":"14:100013777#Single LIne","price":20.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0610\/4747\/2198\/files\/Hc61fd69237e44ff48c2027fcd8a0bd4d6.webp?v=1738014718"},{"product_id":"pot-lid-organizer-5-tier-wall-rack","title":"Pot Lid Organizer – 5 Tier Wall Rack, 40 x 26.5 cm, Metal Wire","description":"\u003cp\u003eLoose lids stop sliding around the drawer once this pot lid organizer goes up on a wall or inside a cabinet door. Five wire tiers hold each lid upright by its rim in a rack 40 cm tall and 26.5 cm wide. It is part of our \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/home-and-kitchen\"\u003eKitchen Essentials\u003c\/a\u003e collection.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eKey features\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e5 tiers\u003c\/strong\u003e – one lid per tier, each visible at a glance\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWall or door\u003c\/strong\u003e – hangs on a kitchen wall or inside a cabinet door\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWire frame\u003c\/strong\u003e – metal rack that lets lids dry in open air\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eOther flat items\u003c\/strong\u003e – a cutting board or thin tray fits too\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSmall footprint\u003c\/strong\u003e – 26.5 cm wide, about the width of one lid\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eHeight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e40 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWidth\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e26.5 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eTiers\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaterial\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMetal wire\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eColor\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLight grey metal\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eUse\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePot lids, cutting boards, thin trays\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIn the box\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOne 5 tier pot lid organizer\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBefore you fix it\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHold it against the wall or door and check the largest lid clears the frame.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWall fixings depend on your wall, so choose screws or hooks that suit it.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhere can I mount the pot lid organizer?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe pot lid organizer hangs on a wall or on the inside of a cabinet door, as the photos show. Measure first: it needs 40 cm of height and 26.5 cm of width.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAre screws included with the lid rack?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe supplier does not list any fixings for this pot lid organizer, so have screws or strong hooks that suit your wall or door ready.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat else fits in a 5 tier lid rack?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eBesides pot lids, the pot lid organizer can hold a cutting board or a thin baking tray, as one of the photos shows with a wooden board.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWill a large glass lid fit the pot lid organizer?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA large lid can lean out past the 26.5 cm frame, as the photos show, so check that a cabinet door still closes before you fix the pot lid organizer inside it.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBuying more than one, ordering again, or shopping for a gift or event?\u003c\/strong\u003e Email \u003ca href=\"mailto:cs@elysianoble.com\"\u003ecs@elysianoble.com\u003c\/a\u003e with the product link for a personal quote.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eShipping and returns\u003c\/strong\u003e – see our \u003ca href=\"\/policies\/shipping-policy\"\u003eShipping Policy\u003c\/a\u003e and \u003ca href=\"\/policies\/refund-policy\"\u003eRefund Policy\u003c\/a\u003e for delivery times and how returns work.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Elysianoble","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":42471503724614,"sku":"14:201673809#Silver","price":38.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0610\/4747\/2198\/files\/Sec3a468a22e34c47b42da34970cb6820a.webp?v=1738014720"},{"product_id":"aluminum-alloy-cake-turntable-rotating-decorating-stand-for-perfect-cake-designs","title":"Cake Turntable – Aluminum Alloy Top with Scale, 10 or 12 in","description":"\u003cp\u003eA cake turntable turns frosting from a lap around the table into one steady motion: hold the spatula still and spin the top. This one has a bearing under an aluminum alloy plate, with rings marked on the surface for centering a layer. It is part of our \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/home-and-kitchen\"\u003eKitchen Essentials\u003c\/a\u003e collection.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eKey features\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBearing spin\u003c\/strong\u003e – a bearing and washer set under the plate lets it turn with a light push\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMarked rings\u003c\/strong\u003e – a three-segment scale on the top helps you center 4, 6 and 8 inch cakes\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAluminum alloy plate\u003c\/strong\u003e – a smooth top that wipes clean between layers\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSilicone pad\u003c\/strong\u003e – a pad on the underside of the base helps it grip the counter\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTwo widths\u003c\/strong\u003e – 10 in for most home layer cakes, 12 in when you need room for a board\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003e10 in model\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e25 cm (10 in) top, 9 cm (3.5 in) high\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003e12 in model\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e31 cm (12 in) top, 9 cm (3.5 in) high\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eTop\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAluminum alloy\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eParts\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePlate, bearing, grommet, base, washer, screw, silicone pad\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eColors\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWhite, Pink, Blue, Cement Gray\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat size cake turntable should I buy?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA 10 in cake turntable suits most 6 and 8 inch home cakes. Choose the 12 in if you decorate larger cakes or want a wider cake board on top.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes this cake stand need assembly?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThis cake stand has a plate that sits on a bearing and base, shown in a parts photo. Check the screw is tight before the first use, and hold the plate when moving it.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow do I clean an aluminum turntable?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eWipe an aluminum turntable with a damp cloth and dry it straight away. Avoid soaking the bearing or scouring the surface, and keep it out of the dishwasher.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBuying more than one, ordering again, or shopping for a gift or event?\u003c\/strong\u003e Email \u003ca href=\"mailto:cs@elysianoble.com\"\u003ecs@elysianoble.com\u003c\/a\u003e with the product link for a personal quote.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eShipping and returns\u003c\/strong\u003e – see our \u003ca href=\"\/policies\/shipping-policy\"\u003eShipping Policy\u003c\/a\u003e and \u003ca href=\"\/policies\/refund-policy\"\u003eRefund Policy\u003c\/a\u003e for delivery times and how returns work.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Elysianoble","offers":[{"title":"Pink, 10 in","offer_id":42471504281670,"sku":"14:200006152#pink 10in","price":75.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"White, 12 in","offer_id":42471504314438,"sku":"14:200000195#white","price":75.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Pink, 12 in","offer_id":42471504347206,"sku":"14:200006154#pink","price":70.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Blue, 10 in","offer_id":42471504379974,"sku":"14:200006153#blue 10in","price":75.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"White, 10 in","offer_id":42471504412742,"sku":"14:200006151#white 10in","price":75.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Cement Gray, 10 in","offer_id":42471504445510,"sku":"14:200004889#Cement gray 10in","price":75.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Blue, 12 in","offer_id":42471504478278,"sku":"14:100013777#blue","price":75.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Cement Gray, 12 in","offer_id":42471504511046,"sku":"14:1254#Cement gray 12in","price":84.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0610\/4747\/2198\/files\/Sd69b34d5a9bf489db914453a71fddde7h.webp?v=1738014723"},{"product_id":"deep-frying-pot-with-basket","title":"Deep Frying Pot with Basket – Small Stainless Steel Stovetop Fryer","description":"\u003cp\u003eFor a portion of fries or a few wings, this small deep frying pot uses far less oil than a full-size fryer: a stainless steel pot about 12.7 cm across with a perforated basket that lifts the food out to drain. It works on the stovetop, has a pour spout for returning oil to the bottle, and doubles as a milk pan. It is part of our \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/home-and-kitchen\"\u003eKitchen Essentials\u003c\/a\u003e collection.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eKey features\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePerforated frying basket\u003c\/strong\u003e – lift and drain everything in one move\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSmall capacity\u003c\/strong\u003e – about 12.7 × 11.9 cm, so a shallow pour of oil covers a single portion\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePour spout\u003c\/strong\u003e – a pinched lip for pouring oil, milk or sauce cleanly\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRiveted long handles\u003c\/strong\u003e – pot and basket handles keep your hand away from the oil\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAll stainless steel\u003c\/strong\u003e – pot and basket in one material, nothing to melt\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaterial\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eStainless steel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePot\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAbout 12.7 cm wide, 11.9 cm tall (5 × 4.7 in); handle 15.2 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBasket\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAbout 11.9 cm wide, 11.4 cm deep (4.7 × 4.5 in); handle about 16.76 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eHeat source\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eStovetop (no electrics)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIn the box\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 frying pot with spout\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 frying basket\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eUse and care\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFill oil no more than halfway and never leave hot oil unattended\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLet the oil cool before pouring it back; wash and dry the pot by hand\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow big is the deep frying pot?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe deep frying pot is about 12.7 cm wide and 11.9 cm tall (5 × 4.7 in), with a 15.2 cm handle; the basket inside is about 11.9 cm wide and 11.4 cm deep.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs the deep frying pot electric?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eNo, the deep frying pot is a stovetop pot with no electrics or thermostat; heat the oil on your hob and check it with a thermometer.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat can I cook in the small frying pot?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe small frying pot suits single portions of fries, chicken nuggets and wings, and without the basket it heats milk or sauces and pours them through the side spout.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBuying more than one, ordering again, or shopping for a gift or event?\u003c\/strong\u003e Email \u003ca href=\"mailto:cs@elysianoble.com\"\u003ecs@elysianoble.com\u003c\/a\u003e with the product link for a personal quote.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eShipping and returns\u003c\/strong\u003e – see our \u003ca href=\"\/policies\/shipping-policy\"\u003eShipping Policy\u003c\/a\u003e and \u003ca href=\"\/policies\/refund-policy\"\u003eRefund Policy\u003c\/a\u003e for delivery times and how returns work.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Elysianoble","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":42472034762822,"sku":"14:29#silvery","price":29.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0610\/4747\/2198\/files\/S900e3b3b1630461685535a9897d106fay.webp?v=1738030436"},{"product_id":"stainless-steel-cutting-board-double-sided","title":"Stainless Steel Cutting Board – Double-Sided, 4 Sizes, 1.7 mm Thick","description":"\u003cp\u003eThin enough to slide into a drawer, this stainless steel cutting board gives you a flat steel top for rolling dough, cutting fruit and prepping meat, with a second side to keep foods apart. It is 1.7 mm thick, with a handle slot for hanging after a rinse. It is part of our \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/home-and-kitchen\"\u003eKitchen Essentials\u003c\/a\u003e collection.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eKey features\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTwo sides\u003c\/strong\u003e – use one for meat and the other for vegetables\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRinses clean\u003c\/strong\u003e – a smooth surface that does not soak up juices\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHandle slot\u003c\/strong\u003e – a hanging hole on the small boards and a slot on the large\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFour sizes\u003c\/strong\u003e – from a 25 x 15 cm snack board to a 46 x 30 cm dough top\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProduct\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eStainless steel chopping board\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaterial\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eStainless steel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eThickness\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1.7 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSizes\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e25 x 15, 29 x 20, 39 x 28, 46 x 30 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eShape\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRectangle\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIn the box\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 board in the chosen size\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCare\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWash and dry after use.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUse a sharp knife with light pressure.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat sizes does the stainless steel cutting board come in?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe stainless steel cutting board comes in 25 x 15, 29 x 20, 39 x 28 and 46 x 30 cm, all about 1.7 mm thick.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs the cutting board grade 304 or 316?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003ePhotos of this stainless steel cutting board show both SUS304 and 316 markings, so we describe it only as stainless steel. Ask us before ordering if you need a set grade.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWill a stainless steel cutting board dull my knife?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eSteel is harder on knife edges than wood or plastic, so a stainless steel cutting board may mean sharpening your knife more often. It works well for dough and fruit, where you do not press down hard.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I hang the stainless steel cutting board up?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes, each stainless steel cutting board has a hole or handle slot at the top for hanging, and it rinses clean under the tap.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBuying more than one, ordering again, or shopping for a gift or event?\u003c\/strong\u003e Email \u003ca href=\"mailto:cs@elysianoble.com\"\u003ecs@elysianoble.com\u003c\/a\u003e with the product link for a personal quote.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eShipping and returns\u003c\/strong\u003e – see our \u003ca href=\"\/policies\/shipping-policy\"\u003eShipping Policy\u003c\/a\u003e and \u003ca href=\"\/policies\/refund-policy\"\u003eRefund Policy\u003c\/a\u003e for delivery times and how returns work.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Elysianoble","offers":[{"title":"29 x 20 cm","offer_id":42472052392006,"sku":"14:10#29x20cm","price":30.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"25 x 15 cm","offer_id":42472052424774,"sku":"14:29#25x15cm","price":22.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"46 x 30 cm","offer_id":42472052457542,"sku":"14:175#46x30cm","price":49.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"39 x 28 cm","offer_id":42472052490310,"sku":"14:173#39x28cm","price":44.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0610\/4747\/2198\/files\/Sfdac8ed966ae4d33ae4b0ac3129a243fJ.webp?v=1738031564"},{"product_id":"kitchen-knife-set-damascus-pattern","title":"Kitchen Knife Set – Damascus Pattern Steel, 1 to 6 Pieces","description":"\u003cp\u003eThis kitchen knife set pairs two cleaver-style blades with a pointed chef knife, all in stainless steel with a laser-etched Damascus wave pattern and black handles with a steel collar. Buy a single knife, the three knives together, or a 5 or 6-piece set that adds kitchen scissors, a sharpening rod and a fruit knife. It is part of our \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/home-and-kitchen\"\u003eKitchen Essentials\u003c\/a\u003e collection.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eKey features\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSlicing cleaver\u003c\/strong\u003e – 17 cm blade for thin slices of meat and vegetables\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eChopping cleaver\u003c\/strong\u003e – 17.5 cm blade, the heavier one for bone-in cuts\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eChef knife\u003c\/strong\u003e – 17 cm pointed blade for dicing and lemons, herbs and onions\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFruit knife\u003c\/strong\u003e – 10 cm blade for tomatoes and peeling\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eScissors and rod\u003c\/strong\u003e – in the 5 and 6-piece sets, for herbs and touching up the edge\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBlade material\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eStainless steel, laser Damascus pattern\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSlicing knife\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBlade 17 cm (6.69 in), overall 29.5 cm (11.61 in)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eChopping knife\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBlade 17.5 cm (6.89 in), overall 30.5 cm (12.01 in)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eChef knife\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBlade 17 cm (6.69 in), overall 30.5 cm (12.01 in)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFruit knife\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBlade 10 cm (3.94 in), overall 22 cm (8.66 in)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eHandle\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBlack with a steel collar\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat each option includes\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eChopping Knife, Slicing Knife, Chef Knife or Fruit Knife: that one knife\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e3-Piece Set: slicing, chopping and chef knife\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e5-Piece Set: the 3 knives, kitchen scissors and a sharpening rod\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e6-Piece Set: the 5-piece set plus the fruit knife\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCare\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHand wash and dry straight away to keep the pattern and edge\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUse the rod with light strokes at a shallow angle\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs this real Damascus steel?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eNo, the kitchen knife set is stainless steel with a laser-etched Damascus pattern; the wavy lines are a surface finish, not folded layers of steel.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is in the 5-piece and 6-piece kitchen knife sets?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe 5-piece kitchen knife set has a slicing cleaver, a chopping cleaver, a chef knife, kitchen scissors and a sharpening rod; the 6-piece set adds a fruit knife.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the difference between the slicing and chopping knife?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eBoth are cleaver-shaped with a 17 to 17.5 cm blade: the slicing knife is for thin cuts of meat and vegetables, the chopping knife is the heavier one used for bone-in meat.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I buy one knife on its own?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes, the chopping, slicing, chef and fruit knives from this kitchen knife set are each sold singly as well as in the 3, 5 and 6-piece sets.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBuying more than one, ordering again, or shopping for a gift or event?\u003c\/strong\u003e Email \u003ca href=\"mailto:cs@elysianoble.com\"\u003ecs@elysianoble.com\u003c\/a\u003e with the product link for a personal quote.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eShipping and returns\u003c\/strong\u003e – see our \u003ca href=\"\/policies\/shipping-policy\"\u003eShipping Policy\u003c\/a\u003e and \u003ca href=\"\/policies\/refund-policy\"\u003eRefund Policy\u003c\/a\u003e for delivery times and how returns work.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Elysianoble","offers":[{"title":"Fruit Knife","offer_id":42479639101510,"sku":"14:1063#04","price":19.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Chef Knife","offer_id":42479639134278,"sku":"14:10#03","price":22.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"5-Piece Set","offer_id":42479639167046,"sku":"14:1052#5 Pcs","price":54.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"3-Piece Set","offer_id":42479639199814,"sku":"14:1254#3 Pcs","price":44.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"6-Piece Set","offer_id":42479639232582,"sku":"14:350850#6 Pcs","price":59.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Slicing Knife","offer_id":42479639265350,"sku":"14:94#02","price":28.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Chopping Knife","offer_id":42479639298118,"sku":"14:29#01","price":31.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0610\/4747\/2198\/files\/S2ca9cc44773b44419250ecd3c40d351e9.webp?v=1738198385"},{"product_id":"stainless-steel-meatball-maker-tongs","title":"Meatball Maker Tongs – Stainless Steel Scoop, 3.5, 4 or 4.8 cm","description":"\u003cp\u003eMeatball maker tongs keep your hands clean of raw mince: squeeze the scissor handles and the two steel cups close around a ball of even size. Open them over the pan and it drops out, ready for the next one. It is part of our \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/home-and-kitchen\"\u003eKitchen Essentials\u003c\/a\u003e collection.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eKey features\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTwo steel cups\u003c\/strong\u003e – close into a round mold, so a batch of balls cooks at the same speed\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eScissor handles\u003c\/strong\u003e – finger loops give you a firm squeeze with one hand\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eThree sizes\u003c\/strong\u003e – 3.5 cm suits soup balls and melon, 4 cm suits rice balls, and 4.8 cm suits a dinner meatball\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eOne-piece look\u003c\/strong\u003e – a simple stainless tool with no springs to clean around\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaterial\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eStainless steel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eS\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3.5 cm spoon diameter\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eM\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e4 cm spoon diameter\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eL\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e4.8 cm spoon diameter\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eTool length\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAbout 16 to 17 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eQuantity\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1 tool\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eGood to know\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eKeep fingers clear of the hinge as the cups close, since they can pinch.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eChill the mix for a while first if it feels too soft to hold a shape.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat size meatball maker should I pick?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003ePick the S meatball maker for 3.5 cm soup balls and melon, the M for 4 cm rice balls and appetizers, and the L for 4.8 cm dinner meatballs.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWill meat stick to these meatball tongs?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eSlightly damp meatball tongs release more cleanly, so dip the cups in water or oil now and then. Very sticky mixes may need a gentle tap to come free.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow do I clean the stainless steel scoop?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eWash the stainless steel scoop in hot soapy water straight after handling raw meat, open out the cups to reach the hinge, and dry it before storing.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBuying more than one, ordering again, or shopping for a gift or event?\u003c\/strong\u003e Email \u003ca href=\"mailto:cs@elysianoble.com\"\u003ecs@elysianoble.com\u003c\/a\u003e with the product link for a personal quote.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eShipping and returns\u003c\/strong\u003e – see our \u003ca href=\"\/policies\/shipping-policy\"\u003eShipping Policy\u003c\/a\u003e and \u003ca href=\"\/policies\/refund-policy\"\u003eRefund Policy\u003c\/a\u003e for delivery times and how returns work.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Elysianoble","offers":[{"title":"S","offer_id":42479644409926,"sku":"14:193#S","price":18.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"M","offer_id":42479644442694,"sku":"14:173#M","price":19.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"L","offer_id":42479644475462,"sku":"14:350850#L","price":19.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0610\/4747\/2198\/files\/S01a919ba0914465d8af01ee108ce1b90b.webp?v=1738198393"},{"product_id":"kitchen-sink-organizer-rack-storage-for-sponges-detergent-cleaning-cloths","title":"Sink Sponge Holder Rack – 23 cm ABS Caddy with Drain Tray and Rod","description":"\u003cp\u003eA sink sponge holder rack gets the soggy sponge, the scrubber and the dish soap off the wet counter. This one needs no drilling, sitting on the sink ledge, with an angled base that sends drips straight back into the basin. It is part of our \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/home-and-kitchen\"\u003eKitchen Essentials\u003c\/a\u003e collection.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eKey features\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAngled drain tray\u003c\/strong\u003e – the 45 degree plate lets water run down into the sink\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRod for a cloth\u003c\/strong\u003e – a removable rod holds a dishcloth up to dry, in front of the basket\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eOpen basket walls\u003c\/strong\u003e – air reaches the sponge from all sides\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWorks in a bathroom too\u003c\/strong\u003e – holds soap bottles and small brushes on a vanity\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaterial\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eABS plastic\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSize\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e23 x 9 x 10 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eColors\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBlack, Dark Grey\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eRod\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRemovable, included\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFitting\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFreestanding, no drilling\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDrain plate\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e45 degree incline\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eKeeping it clean\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTip out the tray and rinse it weekly so soap does not build up.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWring the sponge and cloth before you put them back.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWill this sink sponge holder fit my sink?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThis sink sponge holder measures 23 x 9 x 10 cm. Measure the flat ledge behind or beside your basin, as it needs about 9 cm of depth to sit steadily.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDo I need tools to install the sink rack?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eNo tools are needed for the sink rack, as it stands on the ledge. Keep the angled edge pointing into the basin so water drains into the sink.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan the rack hold a full bottle of dish soap?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA rack in thin ABS can carry a bottle of dish soap and a sponge, as in the photos, but it is not meant for large heavy containers. Clean it regularly so grime does not build up.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBuying more than one, ordering again, or shopping for a gift or event?\u003c\/strong\u003e Email \u003ca href=\"mailto:cs@elysianoble.com\"\u003ecs@elysianoble.com\u003c\/a\u003e with the product link for a personal quote.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eShipping and returns\u003c\/strong\u003e – see our \u003ca href=\"\/policies\/shipping-policy\"\u003eShipping Policy\u003c\/a\u003e and \u003ca href=\"\/policies\/refund-policy\"\u003eRefund Policy\u003c\/a\u003e for delivery times and how returns work.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Elysianoble","offers":[{"title":"Black","offer_id":42494645272646,"sku":"14:193","price":21.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Dark Grey","offer_id":42494645305414,"sku":"14:200004890","price":20.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0610\/4747\/2198\/files\/S1777c2fe462a48789cdbf9e24515209cE.webp?v=1738783363"},{"product_id":"40-mesh-flour-sifter-handheld-baking-sieve-with-measuring-scale","title":"Flour Sifter – 40 Mesh Handheld Baking Sieve with Measuring Marks","description":"\u003cp\u003eCake flour comes out light and lump-free when you squeeze the handle on this flour sifter, a one-handed cup with a 40 mesh screen in its base. The other hand stays free to hold the bowl, and the see-through body with printed measuring marks lets you see how much is left. It is part of our \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/home-and-kitchen\"\u003eKitchen Essentials\u003c\/a\u003e collection.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eKey features\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSqueeze-handle action\u003c\/strong\u003e – gentle presses turn a blade over the screen, and no electricity is needed\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e40 mesh screen\u003c\/strong\u003e – the fine mesh suits cake flour and icing sugar\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eClear cup with marks\u003c\/strong\u003e – read the amount through the side before you sift\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTall sides\u003c\/strong\u003e – a 10.2 cm cup helps keep flour from puffing over the rim\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLight to hold\u003c\/strong\u003e – about 120 g empty, so it is easy on your wrist during a big bake\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMesh\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e40\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCup diameter\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e10.5 cm (4.13 in)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eHeight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e10.2 cm (4.01 in)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eLength with handle\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e15.5 cm (6.10 in)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWeight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAbout 120 g\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaterial\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePP plastic\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePower\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHand operated\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat does 40 mesh mean on a flour sifter?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eMesh counts the wires per inch, so a 40 mesh flour sifter has a fairly fine screen. It works for cake flour and icing sugar, while coarse wholemeal or nuts may stay behind.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow do I clean a handheld flour sifter?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eTap out any leftover flour, wash the flour sifter by hand and leave it to dry fully. Wet flour can clog the screen, so dry it well before the next use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs the baking sieve automatic?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe baking sieve is semi-automatic only in the sense that a handle moves the blade for you. It runs on hand pressure and takes no batteries or power.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBuying more than one, ordering again, or shopping for a gift or event?\u003c\/strong\u003e Email \u003ca href=\"mailto:cs@elysianoble.com\"\u003ecs@elysianoble.com\u003c\/a\u003e with the product link for a personal quote.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eShipping and returns\u003c\/strong\u003e – see our \u003ca href=\"\/policies\/shipping-policy\"\u003eShipping Policy\u003c\/a\u003e and \u003ca href=\"\/policies\/refund-policy\"\u003eRefund Policy\u003c\/a\u003e for delivery times and how returns work.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Elysianoble","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":42513942184006,"sku":"14:29#1PC","price":21.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0610\/4747\/2198\/files\/S5512ead022674fcdb53a407854d168130.webp?v=1739302552"},{"product_id":"refrigerator-door-organizer-space-saving-food-egg-storage-container","title":"Fridge Door Storage Box – Clear Plastic Bin, 11.7 x 9 x 12 cm","description":"\u003cp\u003eA fridge door storage box stops small things from rolling behind the milk: slot it into the door shelf and keep lemons, sachets or eggs in one place. The scooped front lets you see in and lift things out, and the clear walls make it easy to check what is left. It is part of our \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/home-and-kitchen\"\u003eKitchen Essentials\u003c\/a\u003e collection.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eKey features\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSlim door size\u003c\/strong\u003e – 9 cm deep for door shelves, though it also works on a main shelf\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eScooped front\u003c\/strong\u003e – a dip in the front wall lets you reach in without lifting the bin out\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eClear plastic\u003c\/strong\u003e – see the contents at a glance from the kitchen\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRibbed base detail\u003c\/strong\u003e – the textured strip at the bottom adds some grip for loose produce\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSize\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e11.7 x 9 x 12 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaterial\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eClear plastic\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eQuantity\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1 box\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eUse\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFridge door shelf or main shelf\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhere it works\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUse one for eggs, one for sauces or one for snacks, and check the shelf is clean first.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLift it out to refill it, so you can see the use-by dates.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWill this fridge door storage box fit my door shelf?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThis fridge door storage box is 9 cm deep and 11.7 cm wide. Measure your door shelf's inside depth before buying, as some shelves have a narrow lip.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow many fridge bins come in one order?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eOne fridge bin comes with each order. If you want a full row across the door, as in the photos, add several to your cart.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow should I clean a clear fridge box?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eHand wash a clear fridge box in warm soapy water and dry it fully before returning it to the fridge. Avoid scouring pads, which can leave scratches.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBuying more than one, ordering again, or shopping for a gift or event?\u003c\/strong\u003e Email \u003ca href=\"mailto:cs@elysianoble.com\"\u003ecs@elysianoble.com\u003c\/a\u003e with the product link for a personal quote.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eShipping and returns\u003c\/strong\u003e – see our \u003ca href=\"\/policies\/shipping-policy\"\u003eShipping Policy\u003c\/a\u003e and \u003ca href=\"\/policies\/refund-policy\"\u003eRefund Policy\u003c\/a\u003e for delivery times and how returns work.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Elysianoble","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":42513942216774,"sku":"14:10#1PCs","price":19.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0610\/4747\/2198\/files\/Sda9d815f040e405cb61fffafca97ae4ae.webp?v=1739302552"},{"product_id":"30-capacity-automatic-roll-out-egg-organizer-for-refrigerators","title":"Rolling Egg Organizer for Fridge – 3 or 4 Layers, Plastic Rack","description":"\u003cp\u003eThis rolling egg organizer sits on a fridge shelf and feeds eggs forward on a zigzag track, so the next egg is always at the front tray. Slot new eggs in at the top and the older ones reach your hand first, which suits a household that goes through cartons fast. It is part of our \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/home-and-kitchen\"\u003eKitchen Essentials\u003c\/a\u003e collection.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eKey features\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRoll-out track\u003c\/strong\u003e – eggs travel down sloped layers by their own weight to the pick-up tray\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTall and narrow\u003c\/strong\u003e – a 7 cm footprint uses the gap beside the milk on a fridge shelf\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e3 or 4 layers\u003c\/strong\u003e – take 4 layers when you buy in bulk; the photos show about 30 eggs in the larger rack\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSee-through or solid\u003c\/strong\u003e – Transparent shows what is left at a glance, while White and Yellow look tidier\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaterial\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePlastic\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eLayers\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3 or 4\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSize shown on chart\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e28 cm long x 7 cm wide x 13.5 cm high\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCapacity shown\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAbout 30 eggs in the 4-layer photos\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eColors\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWhite, Yellow, Transparent, and Cream in styles A and B\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow many eggs does the rolling egg organizer hold?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe 4-layer rolling egg organizer is shown holding about 30 eggs. Egg size changes the count, and the 3-layer rack holds fewer.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWill the egg rack fit on my fridge shelf?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe size chart for the egg rack shows 28 cm long, 7 cm wide and 13.5 cm high. Measure the shelf height first if you pick 4 layers, since it stands taller.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes the egg organizer work with large eggs?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThis egg organizer track is sized for standard eggs, and very large eggs can stick on the turns, so try a few before filling the rack.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the difference between 4-Layer Cream A and B?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eBoth are cream 4-layer egg racks and look the same in the photos. The supplier sells them as two styles without saying how they differ.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBuying more than one, ordering again, or shopping for a gift or event?\u003c\/strong\u003e Email \u003ca href=\"mailto:cs@elysianoble.com\"\u003ecs@elysianoble.com\u003c\/a\u003e with the product link for a personal quote.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eShipping and returns\u003c\/strong\u003e – see our \u003ca href=\"\/policies\/shipping-policy\"\u003eShipping Policy\u003c\/a\u003e and \u003ca href=\"\/policies\/refund-policy\"\u003eRefund Policy\u003c\/a\u003e for delivery times and how returns work.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Elysianoble","offers":[{"title":"4-Layer Cream A","offer_id":42514284183622,"sku":"14:1052#4-Layer A","price":32.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"3-Layer White","offer_id":42514284216390,"sku":"14:193#3-Layer (White)","price":28.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"4-Layer Cream B","offer_id":42514284249158,"sku":"14:496#4-Layer B","price":32.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"3-Layer Yellow","offer_id":42514284281926,"sku":"14:175#3-Layer (yellow)","price":26.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"3-Layer Transparent","offer_id":42514284314694,"sku":"14:10#3-Layer (transparent","price":26.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"4-Layer White","offer_id":42514284347462,"sku":"14:691#4-Layer (White)","price":34.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"4-Layer Yellow","offer_id":42514284380230,"sku":"14:173#4-Layer (yellow)","price":34.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"4-Layer Transparent","offer_id":42514284412998,"sku":"14:366#4-Layer (transparent","price":34.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0610\/4747\/2198\/files\/Sf9aa921b1b5449e98883a9ca8da31738Z.webp?v=1739448769"},{"product_id":"mini-digital-spoon-scale-lcd-kitchen-weighing-tool-for-flour-milk-coffee-0-1-500g","title":"Digital Spoon Scale – 500 g by 0.1 g, LCD, 4 Units, 1 or 2 Pack","description":"\u003cp\u003eThis digital spoon scale weighs flour, coffee or spices right in the bowl as you scoop, up to 500 g in 0.1 g steps, so there is no separate scale to clear off the counter. Hold it by the handle while you read the LCD, because it is made to be used in the hand and not set on a table. It is part of our \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/home-and-kitchen\"\u003eKitchen Essentials\u003c\/a\u003e collection.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eKey features\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e0.1 g steps\u003c\/strong\u003e – small doses of coffee, yeast and spices register clearly up to the 500 g maximum\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFour units\u003c\/strong\u003e – the mode button switches between g, oz, ct and gn\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTare and hold\u003c\/strong\u003e – a long press turns it on or off, a short press zeros the bowl, and the lock button holds the last reading\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRemovable bowl\u003c\/strong\u003e – the spoon head comes off for washing, and the handle stays dry\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHanging hole\u003c\/strong\u003e – a loop in the handle end lets it hang on a kitchen hook\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCapacity\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e500 g\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eStep\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e0.1 g\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eUnits\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eg, oz, ct, gn\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePower\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1 CR2032 button battery\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaterial\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eABS\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSize\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e9 x 2.3 x 0.8 in\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWeight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e46 g\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePack\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1 or 2 scales\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSafety note\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eButton batteries are dangerous if swallowed: keep spare batteries and the scale's battery cover away from small children.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs a battery included with the spoon scale?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe spoon scale runs on one CR2032 button battery, and supplier details differ on whether it ships inside. If you find a plastic tab in the battery slot, pull it out before first use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhy does the spoon scale show a wrong weight on the table?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe spoon scale has to be held by its handle to read correctly, because it does not weigh when resting on a table. Wait a few seconds after switching on for the display to settle.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I wash the digital spoon scale?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eTake the bowl off the digital spoon scale and wash that part. Keep the handle with the display and battery away from water.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan the spoon scale measure liquids?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes, the spoon scale photos show liquids such as oil and soy sauce as well as grains and powders, up to 500 g.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBuying more than one, ordering again, or shopping for a gift or event?\u003c\/strong\u003e Email \u003ca href=\"mailto:cs@elysianoble.com\"\u003ecs@elysianoble.com\u003c\/a\u003e with the product link for a personal quote.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eShipping and returns\u003c\/strong\u003e – see our \u003ca href=\"\/policies\/shipping-policy\"\u003eShipping Policy\u003c\/a\u003e and \u003ca href=\"\/policies\/refund-policy\"\u003eRefund Policy\u003c\/a\u003e for delivery times and how returns work.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Elysianoble","offers":[{"title":"Light Green, 2 Pack","offer_id":42514285658182,"sku":"14:200002130#2PCS Light green;200000935:3614","price":25.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Pink, 2 Pack","offer_id":42514285690950,"sku":"14:200002984#2PCS Pink;200000935:3614","price":25.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Emerald Green, 2 Pack","offer_id":42514285723718,"sku":"14:200003699#2PCS Emerald green;200000935:3614","price":25.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Red, 2 Pack","offer_id":42514285756486,"sku":"14:200004870#2PCS Red;200000935:3614","price":25.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"White, 2 Pack","offer_id":42514285789254,"sku":"14:200004889#2PCS White;200000935:3614","price":26.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Black, 2 Pack","offer_id":42514285822022,"sku":"14:200006156#2PCS Black;200000935:3614","price":25.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Light Green","offer_id":42514285854790,"sku":"14:200013901#Light green;200000935:3614","price":19.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Pink","offer_id":42514285887558,"sku":"14:200006155#Pink;200000935:3614","price":19.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Emerald Green","offer_id":42514285920326,"sku":"14:200006154#Emerald green;200000935:3614","price":19.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Red","offer_id":42514285953094,"sku":"14:200006153#Red;200000935:3614","price":19.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"White","offer_id":42514285985862,"sku":"14:200006152#White;200000935:3614","price":19.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Black","offer_id":42514286018630,"sku":"14:200006151#Black;200000935:3614","price":19.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0610\/4747\/2198\/files\/Sf4a7cbc75da94bd190c445de3cc181cbc.webp?v=1739317287"},{"product_id":"oil-spray-bottle-fine-mist-200-300-500ml","title":"Oil Spray Bottle – Fine Mist, 200, 300 or 500 ml, Black or White","description":"\u003cp\u003eCoating an air fryer basket evenly is hard from a pouring spout, and this oil spray bottle puts out a fine mist with a single trigger pull. The clear body shows the level, and three sizes suit a small kitchen or a busy one. It is part of our \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/home-and-kitchen\"\u003eKitchen Essentials\u003c\/a\u003e collection.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eKey features\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTrigger mist\u003c\/strong\u003e – a pull gives a wide fan at about 60 degrees, useful for grills and baking trays\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNo pumping\u003c\/strong\u003e – no pressure build-up before each use\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWide neck\u003c\/strong\u003e – fill it from a bottle without a funnel spilling oil\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSilicone ring\u003c\/strong\u003e – a seal sits inside the head\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e3 sizes, 2 colors\u003c\/strong\u003e – 200, 300 or 500 ml, with a black or white head\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003e200 ml\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e19.5 x 5.5 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003e300 ml\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e24.5 x 6 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003e500 ml\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e28 x 6.7 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpray angle\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAbout 60 degrees\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaterial\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePlastic\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePack\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1 bottle\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIn the box\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOne oil spray bottle in the size and color you choose\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCare\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRinse with warm soapy water and let dry.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eStrain flavored oils so bits do not block the nozzle.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow do I use the oil spray bottle?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003ePull the trigger of the oil spray bottle in one steady motion, and it sends out a fine mist in a fan of about 60 degrees over the pan or food.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat size oil spray bottle is right for me?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe 200 ml oil spray bottle stands 19.5 cm tall and suits a small kitchen, while the 500 ml one stands 28 cm tall for frequent cooking.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan the oil spray bottle hold vinegar or soy sauce?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe supplier names oil use, and thin liquids spray more evenly than thick ones, so strain any dressing before it goes in this oil spray bottle.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes the oil spray bottle leak?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe oil spray bottle has a silicone ring where the head meets the bottle, but keep it upright in the cupboard and wipe the nozzle after use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBuying more than one, ordering again, or shopping for a gift or event?\u003c\/strong\u003e Email \u003ca href=\"mailto:cs@elysianoble.com\"\u003ecs@elysianoble.com\u003c\/a\u003e with the product link for a personal quote.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eShipping and returns\u003c\/strong\u003e – see our \u003ca href=\"\/policies\/shipping-policy\"\u003eShipping Policy\u003c\/a\u003e and \u003ca href=\"\/policies\/refund-policy\"\u003eRefund Policy\u003c\/a\u003e for delivery times and how returns work.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Elysianoble","offers":[{"title":"300 ml, White","offer_id":42514544197702,"sku":"14:200006152#1pc 300ml white","price":21.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"200 ml, White","offer_id":42514544230470,"sku":"14:200004889#1pc 200ml white","price":20.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"200 ml, Black","offer_id":42514544263238,"sku":"14:200006154#1pc 200ml black","price":20.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"500 ml, White","offer_id":42514544296006,"sku":"14:200006153#1pc 500ml white","price":22.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"500 ml, Black","offer_id":42514544328774,"sku":"14:200006151#1pc 500ml black","price":22.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"300 ml, Black","offer_id":42514544361542,"sku":"14:200006156#1pc 300ml black","price":21.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0610\/4747\/2198\/files\/Scbdf6a269ca04a3d824cdb523bcb12fbZ.webp?v=1739812893"},{"product_id":"2-in-1-200-300-500ml-oil-spray-for-kitchen-spray-oil-bottle-oil-washer-vinegar-soy-sauce-sprayer-containers-washer","title":"Oil Sprayer for Cooking – Pour and Spray, 200 to 500 ml Bottles","description":"\u003cp\u003eThis oil sprayer for cooking lets you mist a pan or air fryer basket with a few pumps of the lever, while the 500 ml two-way bottle also tips to pour a stream over a salad. Pick the plain spray bottle for a mister alone, in 200, 300 or 500 ml. It is part of our \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/home-and-kitchen\"\u003eKitchen Essentials\u003c\/a\u003e collection.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eKey features\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTwo ways to dispense\u003c\/strong\u003e – a slider on the 500 ml bottle locks either the pour or spray route\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFine mist\u003c\/strong\u003e – the lever builds pressure, so oil leaves as a spray across a pan\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHandle grip\u003c\/strong\u003e – the pour and spray bottle has a side handle for one-hand pouring\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAlso for vinegar and sauce\u003c\/strong\u003e – the supplier lists vinegar and soy sauce alongside oil\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBrush option\u003c\/strong\u003e – the Silicone Oil Brush is a separate 16.6 cm basting brush with no bottle\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePour and Spray bottle\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e500 ml, 18.5 x 8 cm, in black, white, grey, green, yellow\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpray bottle\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e200, 300 or 500 ml, in black or white\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSilicone Oil Brush\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e16.6 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePlastic type\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePP\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eOperation\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eManual\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow do I choose between the spray and the pour and spray oil bottle?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe oil sprayer in the Spray options only mists. The Pour and Spray oil bottle does both, and it comes in 500 ml with a handle.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhy does my oil spray bottle leak?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eLock the two-way oil spray bottle in spray mode before you press the lever, as the supplier notes, and close the top firmly after filling.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs the brush option a bottle?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eNo, the Silicone Oil Brush option is a basting brush on its own and has no sprayer or bottle.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan the oil sprayer go near a flame?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eKeep the plastic oil sprayer away from burners and hot pans, and spray oil away from an open flame, since oil mist can catch fire.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBuying more than one, ordering again, or shopping for a gift or event?\u003c\/strong\u003e Email \u003ca href=\"mailto:cs@elysianoble.com\"\u003ecs@elysianoble.com\u003c\/a\u003e with the product link for a personal quote.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eShipping and returns\u003c\/strong\u003e – see our \u003ca href=\"\/policies\/shipping-policy\"\u003eShipping Policy\u003c\/a\u003e and \u003ca href=\"\/policies\/refund-policy\"\u003eRefund Policy\u003c\/a\u003e for delivery times and how returns work.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Elysianoble","offers":[{"title":"Black 500 ml Spray","offer_id":42514544394310,"sku":"14:200002984#black 500ml-spray","price":19.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Black 500 ml Pour and Spray","offer_id":42514544427078,"sku":"14:200006151#2use black 500ml","price":19.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"White 300 ml Spray","offer_id":42514544459846,"sku":"14:200003699#white 300ml-spray","price":19.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Silicone Oil Brush","offer_id":42514544492614,"sku":"14:200000195#only oil brush","price":17.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"White 500 ml Spray","offer_id":42514544525382,"sku":"14:200002130#white 500ml-spray","price":19.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"White 500 ml Pour and Spray","offer_id":42514544558150,"sku":"14:200006152#2use white 500ml","price":20.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Grey 500 ml Pour and Spray","offer_id":42514544590918,"sku":"14:200006154#2use grey 500ml","price":20.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Green 500 ml Pour and Spray","offer_id":42514544623686,"sku":"14:200006153#2use green 500ml","price":20.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Black 200 ml Spray","offer_id":42514544656454,"sku":"14:200005536#black 200ml-spray","price":19.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Yellow 500 ml Pour and Spray","offer_id":42514544689222,"sku":"14:200006156#2use yellow 500ml","price":20.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Black 300 ml Spray","offer_id":42514544721990,"sku":"14:200004890#black 300ml-spray","price":19.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"White 200 ml Spray","offer_id":42514544754758,"sku":"14:200004889#white 200ml-spray","price":19.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0610\/4747\/2198\/files\/Sb5b9a791a41a4a579d77c2857816bd5dN.webp?v=1739325268"},{"product_id":"glass-oil-sprayer-for-cooking-olive-oil-mister-for-salad-bbq-kitchen-and-baking-vinegar-dispenser","title":"Glass Oil Sprayer – 100 ml Mister Bottles, 2, 4 or 6 Pack, 3 Finishes","description":"\u003cp\u003eA glass oil sprayer with a marked 100 ml bottle shows at a glance how much olive oil is left, and one press on the metal-look cap mists a salad, tray or grill. Buy a pair for oil and vinegar, or a pack of 6 to label one for each oil in your cupboard. It is part of our \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/home-and-kitchen\"\u003eKitchen Essentials\u003c\/a\u003e collection.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eKey features\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e100 ml glass bottle\u003c\/strong\u003e – clear glass lets you see the level against the printed marks\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePress-top mister\u003c\/strong\u003e – a finger press on the cap sends out a spray across food\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDust cap and gasket\u003c\/strong\u003e – a cover keeps the nozzle clean and the seal sits inside the neck\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNon-slip button\u003c\/strong\u003e – a textured top gives your finger grip when oily\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCapacity\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e100 ml\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSize\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e17 x 4.2 cm (6.9 x 1.7 in)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBottle\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eClear glass with printed marks\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePump\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eABS plastic\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFinishes\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSilver, Gold, Rose Gold\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePack\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2, 4 or 6 sprayers\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow do I clean a glass oil sprayer?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eTo clean the glass oil sprayer, take the top off, add warm water, shake it 6 to 10 times and press the pump to wash the pipe, as the photo steps show.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat liquids work in the oil mister?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe oil mister photos show olive, coconut, avocado and sesame oil, plus lemon juice, cooking wine and soy sauce. Strain anything with bits, as they can block the nozzle.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhy does my oil sprayer not spray well?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThick or cold oil can stop the sprayer. Fill below the top, warm the oil to room temperature and rinse the pump if the mist turns into drips.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow many bottles come in the oil sprayer pack?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe oil sprayer comes in packs of 2, 4 or 6, all in the one finish you choose.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBuying more than one, ordering again, or shopping for a gift or event?\u003c\/strong\u003e Email \u003ca href=\"mailto:cs@elysianoble.com\"\u003ecs@elysianoble.com\u003c\/a\u003e with the product link for a personal quote.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eShipping and returns\u003c\/strong\u003e – see our \u003ca href=\"\/policies\/shipping-policy\"\u003eShipping Policy\u003c\/a\u003e and \u003ca href=\"\/policies\/refund-policy\"\u003eRefund Policy\u003c\/a\u003e for delivery times and how returns work.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Elysianoble","offers":[{"title":"Silver, 6 Pack","offer_id":42514545573958,"sku":"14:200000195#Silvery-6PCS","price":47.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Rose Gold, 2 Pack","offer_id":42514545606726,"sku":"14:200006156#Rose Gold-2PCS","price":26.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Gold, 6 Pack","offer_id":42514545639494,"sku":"14:200002984#Golden-6PCS","price":47.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Rose Gold, 6 Pack","offer_id":42514545672262,"sku":"14:200002130#Rose Gold-6PCS","price":48.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Silver, 4 Pack","offer_id":42514545705030,"sku":"14:200003699#Silvery-4PCS","price":39.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Gold, 2 Pack","offer_id":42514545737798,"sku":"14:200006154#Golden-2PCS","price":26.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Rose Gold, 4 Pack","offer_id":42514545770566,"sku":"14:200004890#Rose Gold-4PCS","price":38.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Silver, 2 Pack","offer_id":42514545803334,"sku":"14:200005536#Silvery-2PCS","price":24.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Gold, 4 Pack","offer_id":42514545836102,"sku":"14:200004889#Golden-4PCS","price":37.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0610\/4747\/2198\/files\/Sd08efae1b4394ea6878490b69e1944f6Q.webp?v=1739325269"},{"product_id":"sink-sponge-holder-adhesive-stainless-steel","title":"Sink Sponge Holder – Adhesive Stainless Steel, Silver, Black or 2 Pack","description":"\u003cp\u003eThis sink sponge holder is a small stainless steel wire loop on a 5 × 5 cm adhesive plate that sticks inside the sink or on the splashback, so the sponge hangs upright and drips into the basin instead of sitting in a puddle on the counter. No drilling, and it comes off the counter entirely. It is part of our \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/home-and-kitchen\"\u003eKitchen Essentials\u003c\/a\u003e collection.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eKey features\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHolds the sponge upright\u003c\/strong\u003e – the open loop lets water run off and air reach both sides\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAdhesive back plate\u003c\/strong\u003e – sticks to smooth tile, glass or a steel sink without screws\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eStainless steel\u003c\/strong\u003e – the supplier lists stainless steel for the wire and plate\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMore than sponges\u003c\/strong\u003e – also takes a steel scrubber, peeler, scissors or a small chopping board\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTwo finishes\u003c\/strong\u003e – brushed silver or black, or one of each in the 2 Pack\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaterial\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eStainless steel, adhesive pad\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSize\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5 × 5 × 3.5 cm (2 × 2 × 1.4 in)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFinishes\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSilver, black\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eOptions\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSilver 1 pack, black 1 pack, 2 pack (silver + black)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFitting tips\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eClean the spot with soap, dry it fully, then press the plate firmly for 30 seconds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWait a few hours before hanging anything\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNot for rough, painted or textured walls\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow does the sink sponge holder stick on?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe sink sponge holder has an adhesive pad on its 5 × 5 cm back plate; press it onto clean, dry, smooth tile, glass or the inside of a steel sink and leave it a few hours before loading it.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat fits in the sink sponge holder?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe sink sponge holder's wire loop takes a standard kitchen sponge or steel scrubber, and the open shape also holds a peeler, a small chopping board or a dish brush.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat comes in the sink sponge holder 2 Pack?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe sink sponge holder 2 Pack contains one brushed silver holder and one black holder, as shown in the variant photo.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBuying more than one, ordering again, or shopping for a gift or event?\u003c\/strong\u003e Email \u003ca href=\"mailto:cs@elysianoble.com\"\u003ecs@elysianoble.com\u003c\/a\u003e with the product link for a personal quote.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eShipping and returns\u003c\/strong\u003e – see our \u003ca href=\"\/policies\/shipping-policy\"\u003eShipping Policy\u003c\/a\u003e and \u003ca href=\"\/policies\/refund-policy\"\u003eRefund Policy\u003c\/a\u003e for delivery times and how returns work.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Elysianoble","offers":[{"title":"Black – 1 Pack","offer_id":42514854510662,"sku":"14:200006151#Black 1PC","price":17.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Silver – 1 Pack","offer_id":42514854543430,"sku":"14:202010806#White 1PC","price":17.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0610\/4747\/2198\/files\/S8ecb5850191941498873061bf695edfa9.webp?v=1739330023"},{"product_id":"under-shelf-mug-rack-6-hooks-no-drilling","title":"Under Shelf Mug Rack – 6 Hooks, No Drilling, Fits 2.5 cm Shelf","description":"\u003cp\u003eEmpty space below a kitchen shelf is what this under shelf mug rack puts to work. Two flat arms slide over the shelf, up to the 2.5 cm gap between them, and six curved hooks hang below for mugs, spoons, towels or even belts in a closet. There is no drilling, so renters can fit one and take it back out when they move. It is part of our \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/home-and-kitchen\"\u003eKitchen Essentials\u003c\/a\u003e collection.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eKey features\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSix hooks\u003c\/strong\u003e – spaced along a 25 cm bar for mugs or utensils\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSlides on\u003c\/strong\u003e – the top arm fits over a shelf up to 2.5 cm thick\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNo drilling\u003c\/strong\u003e – no screws or holes in the cabinet\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eIron build\u003c\/strong\u003e – the maker's photo lists wrought iron, painted black or white\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNot just mugs\u003c\/strong\u003e – our photos show ladles, towels and belts as well\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eLength\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e25 cm (9.84 in)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eHeight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e7 cm (2.76 in)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eShelf gap\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2.5 cm (0.98 in)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eHooks\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e6\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaterial\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIron, per maker's photo\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eColors\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWhite, Black\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes the under shelf mug rack fit thick shelves?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe under shelf mug rack has a 2.5 cm gap, so it will not fit a shelf thicker than that. Measure your shelf first, and make sure no lip or door gets in the way.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow much weight can the mug rack hold?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe supplier does not give a weight limit for the mug rack. Hang everyday mugs and light tools, keep heavy items elsewhere, and check that the rack sits level, since a loaded rack can tip on a thin shelf.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan this rack hook onto a glass shelf?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eWe do not recommend this rack on a glass shelf, because the metal arms can scratch glass and a heavy load can put strain on it. It is shown on wood and white shelves.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBuying more than one, ordering again, or shopping for a gift or event?\u003c\/strong\u003e Email \u003ca href=\"mailto:cs@elysianoble.com\"\u003ecs@elysianoble.com\u003c\/a\u003e with the product link for a personal quote.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eShipping and returns\u003c\/strong\u003e – see our \u003ca href=\"\/policies\/shipping-policy\"\u003eShipping Policy\u003c\/a\u003e and \u003ca href=\"\/policies\/refund-policy\"\u003eRefund Policy\u003c\/a\u003e for delivery times and how returns work.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Elysianoble","offers":[{"title":"White","offer_id":42514903007302,"sku":"14:202010806#White","price":18.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Black","offer_id":42514903040070,"sku":"14:193","price":18.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0610\/4747\/2198\/files\/S2ab7ca53b5b24ba5b9c049fb6b1a292bc.webp?v=1739331360"},{"product_id":"fridge-drawer-organizer-pull-out-basket","title":"Fridge Drawer Organizer – Pull-Out Under-Shelf Basket, Expandable","description":"\u003cp\u003eThis fridge drawer organizer hangs under an existing fridge shelf and slides out like a drawer, turning the empty gap above the food into a basket for eggs, cherry tomatoes or yoghurt pots. The side rails extend to fit wider shelves, and the slotted base drains when you rinse fruit in it. It is part of our \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/home-and-kitchen\"\u003eKitchen Essentials\u003c\/a\u003e collection.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eKey features\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHangs under the shelf\u003c\/strong\u003e – uses wasted space below a shelf without tools or screws\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePull-out drawer\u003c\/strong\u003e – slides forward so items at the back are easy to reach\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eExpandable rails\u003c\/strong\u003e – the hanging rails pull out to suit different shelf widths\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSlotted basket\u003c\/strong\u003e – rinse vegetables in it at the sink and let them drain\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFour colours\u003c\/strong\u003e – pink, white, apricot and blue to colour-code food\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaterial\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePlastic\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBasket size\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAbout 20 × 16 × 6 cm (closed)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWeight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAbout 110 g\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMounting\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHangs on the shelf edge, extendable rails\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eColours\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePink, white, apricot, blue\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eUse\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eKeep loads light; it hangs from the shelf, not from the fridge wall\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWash by hand in warm soapy water\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow does the fridge drawer organizer attach?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe fridge drawer organizer hangs under a glass or wire fridge shelf on two side rails, so no screws or adhesive are needed; slide it out to reach the food.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes the fridge drawer organizer fit my fridge shelf?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe fridge drawer organizer's rails pull out to widen it, so one basket adjusts to a range of shelf widths; measure the shelf depth and the gap below it before ordering.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat can I keep in the fridge drawer organizer?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe fridge drawer organizer holds eggs, cherry tomatoes, beans, small fruit, sauces and snacks, and its slotted base lets you rinse produce straight in the basket.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBuying more than one, ordering again, or shopping for a gift or event?\u003c\/strong\u003e Email \u003ca href=\"mailto:cs@elysianoble.com\"\u003ecs@elysianoble.com\u003c\/a\u003e with the product link for a personal quote.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eShipping and returns\u003c\/strong\u003e – see our \u003ca href=\"\/policies\/shipping-policy\"\u003eShipping Policy\u003c\/a\u003e and \u003ca href=\"\/policies\/refund-policy\"\u003eRefund Policy\u003c\/a\u003e for delivery times and how returns work.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Elysianoble","offers":[{"title":"Pink","offer_id":42528731004998,"sku":"14:1052#Pink","price":19.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"White","offer_id":42528731037766,"sku":"14:29#White","price":19.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Apricot","offer_id":42528731070534,"sku":"14:496#Apricot","price":19.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Blue","offer_id":42528731103302,"sku":"14:173#Blue","price":19.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0610\/4747\/2198\/files\/S4a79999b76b94724b1d0208328c61291P.webp?v=1739802992"},{"product_id":"under-shelf-kitchen-rack-hanging-steel-organizer","title":"Under-Shelf Kitchen Rack – Hanging Steel Organizer with Hooks, 26.5 cm","description":"\u003cp\u003eCutting boards stop leaning behind the toaster with this under-shelf kitchen rack, a black steel frame that slides over the edge of a cupboard shelf and hangs beneath it. The flat bars carry a board or tray, and the hooks along the front take mugs, spatulas and a paper towel roll. It is part of our \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/home-and-kitchen\"\u003eKitchen Essentials\u003c\/a\u003e collection.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eKey features\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSlide-on fit\u003c\/strong\u003e – the top bars slide along a cupboard shelf, as the supplier's photo shows\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBoard storage\u003c\/strong\u003e – wide flat bars hold a cutting board, a tray or a stack of pot lids\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHooks along the edge\u003c\/strong\u003e – mugs and utensils stay in view rather than in a drawer\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSingle layer\u003c\/strong\u003e – one layer of bars on one frame\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBlack steel frame\u003c\/strong\u003e – a thin dark frame that blends in under cupboards\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWidth\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e26.5 cm (10.43 in)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDepth\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e30 cm (11.81 in)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eGap between bars\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAbout 3 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eLayers\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSingle\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaterial\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSteel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eColor\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBlack\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow does the under-shelf kitchen rack attach?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe under-shelf kitchen rack slides over the front edge of a cupboard shelf, and the photos show no screws. The supplier does not list the largest shelf thickness, so check that your shelf edge is free and thin enough.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow much weight can an under-shelf rack hold?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eNo weight limit is published for this under-shelf rack. Use it for a light cutting board, mugs or utensils, and do not load it with heavy pots or a cast iron pan.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs the kitchen rack stainless steel?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe supplier lists this kitchen rack as steel and not specifically stainless. Keep it dry and wipe it after use, as with any painted metal near a sink.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBuying more than one, ordering again, or shopping for a gift or event?\u003c\/strong\u003e Email \u003ca href=\"mailto:cs@elysianoble.com\"\u003ecs@elysianoble.com\u003c\/a\u003e with the product link for a personal quote.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eShipping and returns\u003c\/strong\u003e – see our \u003ca href=\"\/policies\/shipping-policy\"\u003eShipping Policy\u003c\/a\u003e and \u003ca href=\"\/policies\/refund-policy\"\u003eRefund Policy\u003c\/a\u003e for delivery times and how returns work.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Elysianoble","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":42528731398214,"sku":"14:200006151#single layer","price":32.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0610\/4747\/2198\/files\/Sfbf6dc575db746cb9f5a7bb4afc975e2z.webp?v=1739802992"},{"product_id":"pull-out-cabinet-organizer-no-drill-sliding-drawer","title":"Pull-Out Cabinet Organizer – No Drill Sliding Drawer, 3 Widths","description":"\u003cp\u003eSpices at the back of a low cabinet stop being lost when this pull-out cabinet organizer brings the whole shelf to you on a sliding rail. It sticks down with no drilling and comes in three widths at 43 cm deep. It is part of our \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/home-and-kitchen\"\u003eKitchen Essentials\u003c\/a\u003e collection.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eKey features\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSelf-adhesive base\u003c\/strong\u003e – peel the strip and press it down, leaving the cabinet with no screw holes\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSteel-ball rails\u003c\/strong\u003e – built-in rails let the drawer pull forward smoothly\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLow 7 cm height\u003c\/strong\u003e – fits under shelves and stacks with room above\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHigh guard rail\u003c\/strong\u003e – the raised sides help keep bottles from tipping out\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRemovable tray\u003c\/strong\u003e – lift it out and rinse it at the sink\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSizes\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e43 x 20 x 7 cm, 43 x 25 x 7 cm, 43 x 30 x 7 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaterial\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMetal, baked paint finish\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFixing\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSelf-adhesive strip, no drilling\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eRails\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBuilt-in steel-ball rails\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePack\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1 pull-out drawer\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIn the box\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOne pull-out drawer with rails and adhesive strip, in the size you choose\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhich size of pull-out cabinet organizer should I buy?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eMeasure the cabinet first: the pull-out cabinet organizer is 43 cm deep and 7 cm tall, in widths of 20, 25 or 30 cm, and it needs that clear space plus room for the door hinge.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDo I need to drill the pull-out cabinet organizer in?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eNo. The pull-out cabinet organizer fixes down with a self-adhesive strip: peel the film, set it in the cabinet and press it firmly into position.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan the drawer come out for cleaning?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes. The basket lifts off the rails of this pull-out cabinet organizer and can be rinsed, as the photos show.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWill it take heavy jars?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe supplier gives no weight limit for this pull-out cabinet organizer, so load it with lighter jars and cans, and keep heavy items low and spread out.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBuying more than one, ordering again, or shopping for a gift or event?\u003c\/strong\u003e Email \u003ca href=\"mailto:cs@elysianoble.com\"\u003ecs@elysianoble.com\u003c\/a\u003e with the product link for a personal quote.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eShipping and returns\u003c\/strong\u003e – see our \u003ca href=\"\/policies\/shipping-policy\"\u003eShipping Policy\u003c\/a\u003e and \u003ca href=\"\/policies\/refund-policy\"\u003eRefund Policy\u003c\/a\u003e for delivery times and how returns work.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Elysianoble","offers":[{"title":"Small, 43 x 20 x 7 cm","offer_id":42528731496518,"sku":"14:200006151#43X20X7cm","price":51.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Large, 43 x 30 x 7 cm","offer_id":42528731529286,"sku":"14:200006153#43X30X7cm","price":53.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Medium, 43 x 25 x 7 cm","offer_id":42528731562054,"sku":"14:200006152#43X25X7cm","price":51.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0610\/4747\/2198\/files\/S138c4292153e4010aa7d64778d5b1a9b1.webp?v=1739802993"},{"product_id":"magnetic-fridge-shelf-spice-storage-rack-refrigerator-side-shelf-black-iron-household-space-saving-kitchen-organizer-shelf","title":"Magnetic Spice Rack for Fridge – Black Metal Shelf, Small or Large","description":"\u003cp\u003eKitchens with no drawer to spare can use the flat side of the refrigerator, and this magnetic spice rack sits there with no drilling and no sticky pads. The black metal shelf has a 5 cm front rail to keep jars from sliding, and it comes off to wipe clean. Choose the small 27 cm shelf, the large 29.5 cm one, or a set of both, and stack several up the fridge side for sauces and spices. It is part of our \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/home-and-kitchen\"\u003eKitchen Essentials\u003c\/a\u003e collection.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eKey features\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMagnet back\u003c\/strong\u003e – a strip on the back holds it to a steel surface\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFront rail\u003c\/strong\u003e – a 5 cm bar to keep small jars in place\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTwo widths\u003c\/strong\u003e – 27 cm or 29.5 cm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePrinted load\u003c\/strong\u003e – the maker's photo shows up to 8 lb\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWorks in stacks\u003c\/strong\u003e – our photos show several shelves on one fridge\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSmall\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e27 x 8.5 x 7.5 cm (10.62 x 3.34 x 2.95 in)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eLarge\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e29.5 x 9.5 x 7.5 cm (11.61 x 3.74 x 2.95 in)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eRail height\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5 cm (1.96 in)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eLoad\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUp to 8 lb, per maker's photo\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eColor\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBlack metal\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eOptions\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSmall, Large, Small and Large Set\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWill the magnetic spice rack stick to any refrigerator?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe magnetic spice rack needs a flat steel surface, and many fridge fronts or stainless models are not magnetic. Test a kitchen magnet on the spot before you order.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat can I keep on a fridge spice rack safely?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eKeep light, unbreakable items on a fridge spice rack and stay below the printed 8 lb. Glass bottles can fall if the door is slammed or a child pulls on it, so keep heavy glass elsewhere.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes the magnetic rack scratch the fridge?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA magnetic rack can scuff paint if it is slid around or grit gets behind it. Wipe the surface and the magnet first, and lift the rack off to move it instead of dragging it across the fridge.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBuying more than one, ordering again, or shopping for a gift or event?\u003c\/strong\u003e Email \u003ca href=\"mailto:cs@elysianoble.com\"\u003ecs@elysianoble.com\u003c\/a\u003e with the product link for a personal quote.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eShipping and returns\u003c\/strong\u003e – see our \u003ca href=\"\/policies\/shipping-policy\"\u003eShipping Policy\u003c\/a\u003e and \u003ca href=\"\/policies\/refund-policy\"\u003eRefund Policy\u003c\/a\u003e for delivery times and how returns work.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Elysianoble","offers":[{"title":"Small","offer_id":42528731594822,"sku":"14:200006153#Small;200007763:201336100","price":45.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Large","offer_id":42528731627590,"sku":"14:200006154#Large;200007763:201336100","price":38.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Small and Large Set","offer_id":42528731660358,"sku":"14:200006155#S and L;200007763:201336100","price":64.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0610\/4747\/2198\/files\/Sc70d3b13d2cd4c10b4a835c760d5d1f0W.webp?v=1739802993"},{"product_id":"mug-stacker-set-of-6","title":"Mug Stacker Set of 6 – Adjustable Arms for 3 to 4.5 in Cups","description":"\u003cp\u003eThis mug stacker set lets you stand one mug upside down on top of another, so a cabinet shelf holds two rows of cups in the space of one. Each black hexagon sits between the cups with three swing arms that clip around the rim of mugs or glasses from 3.0 to 4.5 in wide. It is part of our \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/home-and-kitchen\"\u003eKitchen Essentials\u003c\/a\u003e collection.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eKey features\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDouble the shelf\u003c\/strong\u003e – stack mugs and glasses two high instead of side by side\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAdjustable arms\u003c\/strong\u003e – three arms swing in or out to grip cups from 3.0 to 4.5 in (7.6 to 11.4 cm)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSoft rubber tips\u003c\/strong\u003e – non-slip pads on the arms hold the cup above\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCoaster when flat\u003c\/strong\u003e – the hexagon plate also works as a drink coaster\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSet of 6 pcs\u003c\/strong\u003e – enough for six stacked pairs\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eType\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAdjustable stackable mug and glass holder\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFits\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCups 3.0 to 4.5 in (7.6 to 11.4 cm) wide\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWidth\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e10.08 cm (3.97 in)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eShape\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHexagon plate with 3 swing arms\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eGrip\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSoft rubber, non-slip\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eColour\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBlack\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePack\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e6 pcs\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow to use\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSet the stacker on the bottom mug\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePlace the second mug upside down on top\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSqueeze the arms in until they hold both rims\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIn the box\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e6 mug stackers.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat size mugs does the mug stacker fit?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe mug stacker fits mugs, coffee cups and glasses from 3.0 to 4.5 in (7.6 to 11.4 cm) across, because its three arms swing in or out to grip the rim.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow many mug stackers come in a set?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eOne order of the mug stacker is a set of 6 pcs, enough to stack six pairs of mugs or build taller towers.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWill the mug stacker scratch my mugs?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe mug stacker's arm tips have soft rubber pads that grip the mug and sit between the cups instead of hard plastic on ceramic.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan the mug stacker be used as a coaster?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes, laid flat on a table, the hexagon mug stacker doubles as a coaster for a glass or cup.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBuying more than one, ordering again, or shopping for a gift or event?\u003c\/strong\u003e Email \u003ca href=\"mailto:cs@elysianoble.com\"\u003ecs@elysianoble.com\u003c\/a\u003e with the product link for a personal quote.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eShipping and returns\u003c\/strong\u003e – see our \u003ca href=\"\/policies\/shipping-policy\"\u003eShipping Policy\u003c\/a\u003e and \u003ca href=\"\/policies\/refund-policy\"\u003eRefund Policy\u003c\/a\u003e for delivery times and how returns work.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Elysianoble","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":42528731725894,"sku":"14:193#6Pcs","price":25.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0610\/4747\/2198\/files\/S98a69ce2826744efb2ab622444dddf91n.webp?v=1739802994"},{"product_id":"space-saving-cutlery-storage-box-multi-functional-kitchen-organizer-for-utensils-knives-spices","title":"Kitchen Drawer Organizer Tray – 39.5 cm for Cutlery, Knives or Spices","description":"\u003cp\u003eA kitchen drawer organizer tray this narrow fits into a corner of a cluttered drawer, because each one does a single job at 39.5 cm long. Choose a cutlery tray for spoons and forks, a slotted tray for knives, or a tray with round wells to lay spice bottles flat. It is part of our \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/home-and-kitchen\"\u003eKitchen Essentials\u003c\/a\u003e collection.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eKey features\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCutlery Tray\u003c\/strong\u003e – 11 cm wide with sections for spoons, forks, chopsticks and tools\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eKnife Tray\u003c\/strong\u003e – 13.5 cm wide with slots shown holding 9 knives in a row\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSpice Bottle Tray\u003c\/strong\u003e – 11 cm wide with wells for bottles lying on their side\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBottom drain hole\u003c\/strong\u003e – rinse it in the sink and water runs out instead of pooling\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWorks side by side\u003c\/strong\u003e – order two or three and they line up, as the photos show\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCutlery Tray size\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e11 x 39.5 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpice Bottle Tray size\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e11 x 39.5 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eKnife Tray size\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e13.5 x 39.5 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eKnife slots\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e9\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaterial\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePlastic\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eColor\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGrey\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWill the drawer organizer tray fit my drawer?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe drawer organizer tray is 39.5 cm long and 11 or 13.5 cm wide, so measure the inside of the drawer, including its height, before you choose.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDo I get all three kitchen trays?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eNo, each option is one kitchen tray. Choose Cutlery, Knife or Spice Bottle, and add others to the cart for the full row.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I wash the drawer tray in the sink?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes, rinse the drawer tray under the tap, and water drains through the hole in the bottom. Dry it before putting it back in the drawer.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDo the knife slots fit large knives?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe knife tray holds 9 knives in slots, and very wide cleavers or long blades may not sit flat, so check your largest knife against the 39.5 cm length.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBuying more than one, ordering again, or shopping for a gift or event?\u003c\/strong\u003e Email \u003ca href=\"mailto:cs@elysianoble.com\"\u003ecs@elysianoble.com\u003c\/a\u003e with the product link for a personal quote.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eShipping and returns\u003c\/strong\u003e – see our \u003ca href=\"\/policies\/shipping-policy\"\u003eShipping Policy\u003c\/a\u003e and \u003ca href=\"\/policies\/refund-policy\"\u003eRefund Policy\u003c\/a\u003e for delivery times and how returns work.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Elysianoble","offers":[{"title":"Cutlery Tray","offer_id":42528731791430,"sku":"14:691#Fork spoon storage","price":25.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Spice Bottle Tray","offer_id":42528731824198,"sku":"14:200006155#Bottle storage","price":20.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Knife Tray","offer_id":42528731856966,"sku":"14:200006151#Tool storage","price":27.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0610\/4747\/2198\/files\/S6450d2580f2e4a12a5d36b72515c01adu.webp?v=1739802994"},{"product_id":"wall-mounted-kitchen-spice-rack-adhesive-plastic-jar-holder-for-organized-storage","title":"Spice Jar Rack – Stick-On Wall Clip Strips, 2 Pack, 25 cm","description":"\u003cp\u003eSeasoning jars come off the crowded shelf with this spice jar rack, two plastic strips of snap-in clips that hold each bottle by its neck on a wall or the inside of a cupboard door. Press a jar in to park it, then pull it out when you cook, and you can read every label at a glance. It is part of our \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/home-and-kitchen\"\u003eKitchen Essentials\u003c\/a\u003e collection.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eKey features\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTwo strips\u003c\/strong\u003e – 25 cm each, for two rows on a door or a wall\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSnap-in clips\u003c\/strong\u003e – each 3.5 cm opening holds a jar's neck, without a shelf under it\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCuttable strip\u003c\/strong\u003e – the supplier shows it trimmed with scissors to fit a narrow door\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eStick-on back\u003c\/strong\u003e – adhesive mounting with no drilling\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDoor or wall\u003c\/strong\u003e – photos show it inside a kitchen cabinet and on an open wall\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eStrip length\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e25 cm (9.84 in)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eStrip width\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2.5 cm (0.98 in)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eClip opening\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3.5 cm (1.38 in)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaterial\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePP plastic\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMounting\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAdhesive\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePack\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2 strips; jars are not included\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWill my spice jars fit this spice jar rack?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThis spice jar rack holds a jar by its neck in a 3.5 cm clip. Measure the neck of your jars first, because wide-mouth or square-shouldered jars may not click in.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes the spice rack stick to any surface?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe spice rack uses an adhesive back, so it needs a smooth, clean, dry surface such as a painted door or tile. Rough, greasy or steamy spots may let it lift over time.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAre spice jars included with the wall rack?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eNo, the wall rack comes with 2 clip strips only. The jars and labels in the photos are there to show how it looks when filled.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBuying more than one, ordering again, or shopping for a gift or event?\u003c\/strong\u003e Email \u003ca href=\"mailto:cs@elysianoble.com\"\u003ecs@elysianoble.com\u003c\/a\u003e with the product link for a personal quote.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eShipping and returns\u003c\/strong\u003e – see our \u003ca href=\"\/policies\/shipping-policy\"\u003eShipping Policy\u003c\/a\u003e and \u003ca href=\"\/policies\/refund-policy\"\u003eRefund Policy\u003c\/a\u003e for delivery times and how returns work.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Elysianoble","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":42528732053574,"sku":"14:691#2pcs Grey","price":18.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0610\/4747\/2198\/files\/Sac85466d6a2a45aa942fe7d3f1846991N.webp?v=1739802995"},{"product_id":"wall-spice-rack-set-of-2","title":"Wall Spice Rack Set – 2 Metal Racks, Screw or Adhesive Mount","description":"\u003cp\u003eA wall spice rack set of two slim metal racks that turns a bare wall, the side of a cabinet or the inside of a pantry door into a row of jars you can read at a glance. Each rack is 290 mm long, and you can screw it up or hang it on the adhesive hooks in the pack. It is part of our \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/home-and-kitchen\"\u003eKitchen Essentials\u003c\/a\u003e collection.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eKey features\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTwo racks in the set\u003c\/strong\u003e – start a double row or split them between rooms\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eScrew or no-drill fitting\u003c\/strong\u003e – screws and wall plugs, or adhesive hooks\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFront rail\u003c\/strong\u003e – a 67 mm high rail keeps jars from sliding off\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSlim 65 mm depth\u003c\/strong\u003e – sits close to the wall or door\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBlack or silver\u003c\/strong\u003e – a wire finish to match the kitchen\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaterial\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMetal wire\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSize (each)\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e290 × 65 × 67 mm (11.4 × 2.6 × 2.6 in)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eQuantity\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2 racks\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMounting\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eScrews with wall plugs, or adhesive hooks\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eColours\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBlack, silver\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIn the box\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e2 × spice racks\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAdhesive hooks, screws and wall plugs (spice jars not included)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFitting with adhesive hooks\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eClean and dry the wall, peel the backing and press each hook on firmly\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWait 6 hours before hanging the rack; to remove, warm the hook with a hair dryer\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow many spice racks come in the set?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe wall spice rack set has 2 single-tier metal racks, each 290 mm long, with screws, wall plugs and adhesive hooks for fitting.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I put up the spice racks without drilling?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes, the wall spice racks can hang on the included adhesive hooks; clean the surface, press the hooks on and wait 6 hours before loading the racks, or use the screws for heavier jars.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat size jars fit the wall spice rack?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eEach wall spice rack is 65 mm deep with a 67 mm high front rail, which suits standard slim spice jars; jars are not included.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan the wall spice racks go on a cupboard door?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes, the wall spice racks fit the inside of a pantry or cupboard door as well as a wall or the side of a cabinet.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBuying more than one, ordering again, or shopping for a gift or event?\u003c\/strong\u003e Email \u003ca href=\"mailto:cs@elysianoble.com\"\u003ecs@elysianoble.com\u003c\/a\u003e with the product link for a personal quote.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eShipping and returns\u003c\/strong\u003e – see our \u003ca href=\"\/policies\/shipping-policy\"\u003eShipping Policy\u003c\/a\u003e and \u003ca href=\"\/policies\/refund-policy\"\u003eRefund Policy\u003c\/a\u003e for delivery times and how returns work.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Elysianoble","offers":[{"title":"Black","offer_id":42528733265990,"sku":"14:193","price":33.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Silver","offer_id":42528733298758,"sku":"14:350853","price":33.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0610\/4747\/2198\/files\/Hdcbacda33ccd4ee3bb87429145c98418y.webp?v=1739802996"},{"product_id":"expandable-cutlery-drawer-organizer","title":"Expandable Cutlery Drawer Organizer – 33.5 to 57 cm Wide, Plastic","description":"\u003cp\u003eThis expandable cutlery drawer organizer slides out sideways from 33.5 to 57 cm wide, so one tray fills a narrow or a wide kitchen drawer without gaps for spoons to slip into. It is 38 cm deep and 5 cm high, with a long slot across the top for ladles or spatulas, narrow slots in the middle for forks, knives and spoons, and extra side slots that open up as you widen it. Clips on the edges hold the width you set. It is part of our \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/home-and-kitchen\"\u003eKitchen Essentials\u003c\/a\u003e collection.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eKey features\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e33.5 to 57 cm wide\u003c\/strong\u003e – pull the sides out to fit the drawer\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e38 cm deep, 5 cm high\u003c\/strong\u003e – fits a standard cutlery drawer\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLong top slot\u003c\/strong\u003e – room for ladles, spatulas or a knife sharpener\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSide slots open as it widens\u003c\/strong\u003e – more space for larger tools in a wide drawer\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLocking clips\u003c\/strong\u003e – small buckles on the edges hold the set width\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eType\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eExpandable cutlery tray\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaterial\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePlastic (polypropylene)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWidth\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e33.5 to 57 cm (13.19 to 22.44 in)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDepth\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e38 cm (14.96 in)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eHeight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5 cm (1.97 in)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eColors\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBlack, gray, white\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWill the cutlery drawer organizer fit my drawer?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe expandable cutlery drawer organizer fits a drawer at least 38 cm (14.96 in) deep, 5 cm high inside and between 33.5 and 57 cm (13.19 to 22.44 in) wide.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow does the cutlery organizer expand?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003ePull the side sections of the expandable cutlery drawer organizer outward until it touches the drawer walls; the clips on the edges hold that width.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the cutlery drawer organizer made of?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe expandable cutlery drawer organizer is made of plastic (polypropylene).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow do I clean the cutlery organizer?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eLift the expandable cutlery drawer organizer out of the drawer, wash it in warm soapy water and let it dry before putting it back.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBuying more than one, ordering again, or shopping for a gift or event?\u003c\/strong\u003e Email \u003ca href=\"mailto:cs@elysianoble.com\"\u003ecs@elysianoble.com\u003c\/a\u003e with the product link for a personal quote.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eShipping and returns\u003c\/strong\u003e – see our \u003ca href=\"\/policies\/shipping-policy\"\u003eShipping Policy\u003c\/a\u003e and \u003ca href=\"\/policies\/refund-policy\"\u003eRefund Policy\u003c\/a\u003e for delivery times and how returns work.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Elysianoble","offers":[{"title":"Black","offer_id":42530068398150,"sku":"14:193#Black","price":43.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Gray","offer_id":42530068430918,"sku":"14:100018786#Gray","price":59.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"White","offer_id":42530068463686,"sku":"14:29#White","price":60.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0610\/4747\/2198\/files\/Se7ac477af7604ac7beddc260c0bdba35T.webp?v=1739830275"},{"product_id":"pot-lid-plate-rack","title":"Pot Lid and Plate Rack – Plastic Peg Organizer in White or Gray","description":"\u003cp\u003eThis pot lid and plate rack stops the avalanche in the pan cupboard: lids and plates stand on edge between two rows of pegs, and you lift out the one you need. Stand it on the counter and it also dries washed glasses and bowls. It is part of our \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/home-and-kitchen\"\u003eKitchen Essentials\u003c\/a\u003e collection.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eKey features\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTwo rows of pegs\u003c\/strong\u003e – hold lids and plates upright, with a slot for each\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eOpen frame\u003c\/strong\u003e – you can see every item, and air gets around anything still damp\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTwo colors\u003c\/strong\u003e – White blends into pale cabinets and Gray suits stainless steel\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlain plastic\u003c\/strong\u003e – a damp cloth is enough for cleaning, and nothing needs fixing to a shelf\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaterial\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePlastic\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eType\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePot lid, plate and glass rack\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFixing\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFree-standing, no tools\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eColors\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWhite, Gray\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eGetting the most from it\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePut larger lids at the back and smaller ones toward the front, so handles do not catch.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eStand plates on their edges with one in each slot rather than doubling up.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWill this pot lid rack hold heavy lids?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThis pot lid rack holds standard glass and metal pot lids, shown in the photos. Measure your cupboard, and go gently with heavy cast iron lids since the frame is lightweight plastic.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan a plate rack dry wet dishes?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes, a plate rack with open pegs can dry rinsed plates and glasses. Put a towel or tray under it, because the rack has no drip tray of its own.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes the lid organizer need to be mounted?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eNo, the lid organizer simply stands in a cupboard or on a counter, with no screws or adhesive needed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBuying more than one, ordering again, or shopping for a gift or event?\u003c\/strong\u003e Email \u003ca href=\"mailto:cs@elysianoble.com\"\u003ecs@elysianoble.com\u003c\/a\u003e with the product link for a personal quote.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eShipping and returns\u003c\/strong\u003e – see our \u003ca href=\"\/policies\/shipping-policy\"\u003eShipping Policy\u003c\/a\u003e and \u003ca href=\"\/policies\/refund-policy\"\u003eRefund Policy\u003c\/a\u003e for delivery times and how returns work.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Elysianoble","offers":[{"title":"white","offer_id":42530068627526,"sku":"14:200006152#white","price":27.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"gray","offer_id":42530068660294,"sku":"14:200006151#gray","price":25.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0610\/4747\/2198\/files\/S370d0fd743ff4d1ab441aedb6eefc222i.webp?v=1739830278"},{"product_id":"wall-vegetable-basket-metal-wire-2-or-3-grids","title":"Wall Vegetable Basket – Metal Wire Onion Rack, 2 or 3 Grids","description":"\u003cp\u003eOnions and ginger rolling around the counter can move onto the wall in this wall vegetable basket, a black metal wire rack with 2 or 3 sections. The open grid lets air pass through, and each section keeps a different root apart. It is part of our \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/home-and-kitchen\"\u003eKitchen Essentials\u003c\/a\u003e collection.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eKey features\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eOpen wire grid\u003c\/strong\u003e – air passes through, unlike a closed box or bag\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e2 or 3 sections\u003c\/strong\u003e – dividers keep garlic away from onions and chillies\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTop rail\u003c\/strong\u003e – a bar across the back rests on two wall hangers\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSlim 11 cm depth\u003c\/strong\u003e – projects little over the worktop\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWorks elsewhere\u003c\/strong\u003e – the photos also show bottles and desk items in it\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003e3 grids size\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e35 x 11 x 16 cm (13.78 x 4.33 x 6.3 in)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003e2 grids size\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e26 x 11 x 16 cm (10.24 x 4.33 x 6.3 in)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaterial\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMetal wire\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eColor\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBlack\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePack\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1 basket\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIn the box\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOne wire basket in the size you choose\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCare\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWipe the wire with a damp cloth and dry it.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCheck produce often, because onions and garlic need to stay dry.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat size is the wall vegetable basket?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe 3-grid wall vegetable basket is 35 x 11 x 16 cm (13.78 x 4.33 x 6.3 in), and the 2-grid one is 26 x 11 x 16 cm (10.24 x 4.33 x 6.3 in).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow does the basket hang on the wall?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe wall vegetable basket has a top rail that sits on two hangers, and the photos show clear adhesive hangers on tile. No fixing type is stated, so check them before loading.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow heavy a load can it take?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eNo weight limit is listed for this wall vegetable basket, so keep it to everyday loads such as onions, garlic and ginger.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs it only for vegetables?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eNo. The wall vegetable basket also suits bathroom bottles or small desk items, because the open wire grid holds nearly anything that fits its sections.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBuying more than one, ordering again, or shopping for a gift or event?\u003c\/strong\u003e Email \u003ca href=\"mailto:cs@elysianoble.com\"\u003ecs@elysianoble.com\u003c\/a\u003e with the product link for a personal quote.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eShipping and returns\u003c\/strong\u003e – see our \u003ca href=\"\/policies\/shipping-policy\"\u003eShipping Policy\u003c\/a\u003e and \u003ca href=\"\/policies\/refund-policy\"\u003eRefund Policy\u003c\/a\u003e for delivery times and how returns work.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Elysianoble","offers":[{"title":"3 Grids","offer_id":42530172371014,"sku":"14:193#3 grids","price":29.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"2 Grids","offer_id":42530172403782,"sku":"14:366#2 grids","price":28.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0610\/4747\/2198\/files\/S2180716f6f30412eb2a11e4fc0efbadfm.webp?v=1739831880"},{"product_id":"wall-spice-shelf-with-rail","title":"Wall Spice Shelf with Rail – Hooks or Towel Bar, 30 to 50 cm","description":"\u003cp\u003eThis wall spice shelf with rail clears the worktop: spice jars and oil bottles sit on the 13.5 cm deep shelf, and the rail underneath holds utensils, chopping boards or a towel and kitchen roll. It mounts on the wall above the hob or sink. It is part of our \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/home-and-kitchen\"\u003eKitchen Essentials\u003c\/a\u003e collection.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eChoose the length that fits the gap, 30, 40 or 50 cm, then the rail: style A with hooks for ladles and boards, or style B with a towel bar and a paper-towel holder.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eKey features\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDeep shelf\u003c\/strong\u003e – about 13.5 cm, room for two rows of jars\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRail below\u003c\/strong\u003e – hooks (A) or towel bar and roll holder (B)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTwo ways to fit\u003c\/strong\u003e – screws, or the no-drill adhesive kit on smooth tile\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eThree lengths\u003c\/strong\u003e – 30, 40 or 50 cm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProduct\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWall-mounted spice shelf with rail\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eLength\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e30, 40 or 50 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDepth\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAbout 13.5 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eHeight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAbout 11 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaterial\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMetal (thickened aluminium per the maker), grey\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMounting\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eScrews or no-drill adhesive (72 hours to set)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIn the box\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 shelf with rail, hooks or towel bar and roll holder (per style)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eScrew kit and adhesive mounting kit\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFitting tips\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUse screws on plaster or plasterboard; keep the adhesive for smooth tile or glass.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLeave the adhesive 72 hours before loading the shelf.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the difference between style A and style B?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eStyle B of the wall spice shelf with rail has a towel bar and a paper-towel holder under the shelf; style A has a bar of hooks for utensils, boards and mugs.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat lengths does the wall spice shelf with rail come in?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe wall spice shelf with rail comes 30, 40 or 50 cm long, with a shelf about 13.5 cm deep and 11 cm high.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDo I need to drill to fit the wall spice shelf with rail?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eNo. The wall spice shelf with rail can go up with screws or with the no-drill adhesive kit shown by the maker; the adhesive suits smooth tile and needs 72 hours to set.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the wall spice shelf with rail made of?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe wall spice shelf with rail is grey metal, described by the maker as thickened aluminium.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBuying more than one, ordering again, or shopping for a gift or event?\u003c\/strong\u003e Email \u003ca href=\"mailto:cs@elysianoble.com\"\u003ecs@elysianoble.com\u003c\/a\u003e with the product link for a personal quote.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eShipping and returns\u003c\/strong\u003e – see our \u003ca href=\"\/policies\/shipping-policy\"\u003eShipping Policy\u003c\/a\u003e and \u003ca href=\"\/policies\/refund-policy\"\u003eRefund Policy\u003c\/a\u003e for delivery times and how returns work.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Elysianoble","offers":[{"title":"40 cm B – Towel Bar","offer_id":42530172600390,"sku":"14:200006151#40cm B","price":54.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"50 cm B – Towel Bar","offer_id":42530172633158,"sku":"14:200006153#50cm B","price":57.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"40 cm A – Hooks","offer_id":42530172665926,"sku":"14:200006152#40cm A","price":54.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"30 cm B – Towel Bar","offer_id":42530172698694,"sku":"14:200006155#30cm B","price":52.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"50 cm A – Hooks","offer_id":42530172731462,"sku":"14:200006154#50cm A","price":57.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"30 cm A – Hooks","offer_id":42530172764230,"sku":"14:200006156#30cm A","price":52.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0610\/4747\/2198\/files\/Sf27d77bf3d8142b49305505af5ab1a9bI.webp?v=1739831883"},{"product_id":"sliding-pot-lid-organizer-adjustable-cabinet-storage-rack-with-dividers","title":"Pull-Out Pot Rack for Cabinets – Sliding, Adjustable Dividers, 42 cm","description":"\u003cp\u003eThis pull-out pot rack stops the avalanche of pans under the sink: stand them on edge between dividers, then slide the whole rack toward you to take one out. At 42 x 21 cm it fixes to the cabinet floor with adhesive strips, so there is no drilling. It is part of our \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/home-and-kitchen\"\u003eKitchen Essentials\u003c\/a\u003e collection.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eKey features\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSliding rail\u003c\/strong\u003e – a track with built-in pulley balls lets the rack move out with a gentle pull\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMovable dividers\u003c\/strong\u003e – the Pot Rack dividers shift to suit thick pans, thin lids or baking sheets\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eStorage Rack style\u003c\/strong\u003e – the open Storage Rack holds jars and boxes on a flat, walled tray instead\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eStick-down fixing\u003c\/strong\u003e – the strip fixes the rail to the base, and the shelf presses into place\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTop of cabinet too\u003c\/strong\u003e – the photos also show it standing on top of a cabinet as a static rack\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eTray size\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e42 x 21 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBase rail height\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3.2 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaterial\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eStainless steel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFixing\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAdhesive strip, no drilling\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eStyles\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePot Rack with dividers, or Storage Rack\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eColors\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBlack, White\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWill the pull-out pot rack fit under my sink?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe pull-out pot rack needs a flat cabinet floor at least 42 x 21 cm clear of pipes. Measure around any drain or hinge before you order.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the difference between the Pot Rack and Storage Rack?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe Pot Rack has movable dividers to stand pans on edge. The Storage Rack is an open pull-out tray for jars, boxes and bottles.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDo I need to drill to fit this pot rack?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eNo, the pot rack fixes with an adhesive strip on a clean, dry cabinet floor. A rough or damp surface can stop it from holding.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow heavy a pan can the pot rack hold?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe supplier gives no weight limit for the pot rack, so keep cast iron pans low in number and spread the pans across the rail.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBuying more than one, ordering again, or shopping for a gift or event?\u003c\/strong\u003e Email \u003ca href=\"mailto:cs@elysianoble.com\"\u003ecs@elysianoble.com\u003c\/a\u003e with the product link for a personal quote.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eShipping and returns\u003c\/strong\u003e – see our \u003ca href=\"\/policies\/shipping-policy\"\u003eShipping Policy\u003c\/a\u003e and \u003ca href=\"\/policies\/refund-policy\"\u003eRefund Policy\u003c\/a\u003e for delivery times and how returns work.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Elysianoble","offers":[{"title":"Black Storage Rack","offer_id":42530173288518,"sku":"14:200006156#Black A","price":39.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"White Pot Rack","offer_id":42530173321286,"sku":"14:200002130#White B","price":39.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"White Storage Rack","offer_id":42530173354054,"sku":"14:200006151#White A","price":39.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Black Pot Rack","offer_id":42530173386822,"sku":"14:200006152#Black B","price":39.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0610\/4747\/2198\/files\/S05d301b5fccf4854bbb08d402c7eb5cda.webp?v=1739831882"},{"product_id":"rotating-kitchen-hook-360-under-shelf-wall","title":"Rotating Kitchen Hook – 360 Degree Under-Shelf or Wall, No Drill","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe dead space beneath a kitchen shelf becomes a spot for spatulas when you stick on this rotating kitchen hook. Its six arms spin through 360 degrees, so the ladle at the back comes round to your hand. A wall-arm style suits a tiled splashback. It is part of our \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/home-and-kitchen\"\u003eKitchen Essentials\u003c\/a\u003e collection.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eKey features\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e360 degree spin\u003c\/strong\u003e – turn the arms to reach any tool hanging on them\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUnder shelf or on wall\u003c\/strong\u003e – square-base style for shelves, wall-arm style for tile\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAdhesive fixing\u003c\/strong\u003e – a stick-on adhesive pad, with no screws\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSix arms\u003c\/strong\u003e – room for utensils, a brush or a sponge in one spot\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eABS build\u003c\/strong\u003e – light at 38 g, with a 6 x 6 cm base\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBase\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e6 x 6 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eHeight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5.5 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eArm spread\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3 cm per arm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWeight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e38 g\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaterial\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eABS with adhesive pad\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eOptions\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUnder-shelf: Black, Pink, Gray, Blue. Wall arm: Black, Yellow, White\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIn the box\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOne rotating hook with adhesive pad in the option you choose\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhere can I fix the rotating kitchen hook?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe square-base rotating kitchen hook sticks under a shelf or cabinet, and the wall-arm style sticks to a vertical surface such as tile.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow much weight can the rotating kitchen hook hold?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe maker gives no weight limit for this rotating kitchen hook, which itself weighs only 38 g, so keep it to light tools such as spatulas and whisks.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow does the hook turn?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe arms of this rotating kitchen hook spin through 360 degrees, so the tool you want swings to the front.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow do I fit it without drilling?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eWipe the surface dry, peel the film from the adhesive pad, press this rotating kitchen hook firmly, and let it sit before hanging anything.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBuying more than one, ordering again, or shopping for a gift or event?\u003c\/strong\u003e Email \u003ca href=\"mailto:cs@elysianoble.com\"\u003ecs@elysianoble.com\u003c\/a\u003e with the product link for a personal quote.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eShipping and returns\u003c\/strong\u003e – see our \u003ca href=\"\/policies\/shipping-policy\"\u003eShipping Policy\u003c\/a\u003e and \u003ca href=\"\/policies\/refund-policy\"\u003eRefund Policy\u003c\/a\u003e for delivery times and how returns work.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Elysianoble","offers":[{"title":"Yellow, Wall Arm","offer_id":42530281128006,"sku":"14:200006156#Yellow","price":19.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Black, Under Shelf","offer_id":42530281160774,"sku":"14:200006151#Black","price":19.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"White, Wall Arm","offer_id":42530281193542,"sku":"14:200004870#White","price":19.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Pink, Under Shelf","offer_id":42530281226310,"sku":"14:200006152#Pink","price":19.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Black, Wall Arm","offer_id":42530281259078,"sku":"14:200004889#Black2","price":19.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Gray, Under Shelf","offer_id":42530281291846,"sku":"14:200006153#Gray","price":19.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Blue, Under Shelf","offer_id":42530281324614,"sku":"14:200006154#Blue","price":19.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0610\/4747\/2198\/files\/Hdb2644e7794742ac80d78a02d9258de26.webp?v=1739833531"},{"product_id":"wall-mounted-utensil-holder-drip-tray","title":"Wall-Mounted Utensil Holder – Stick-On Cutlery Caddy with Drip Tray","description":"\u003cp\u003eThis wall-mounted utensil holder is a slotted box, 12.5 cm tall, 8.5 cm wide and 6.6 cm deep, that sticks to tile or a smooth cabinet side with an adhesive plate, so no drilling is needed. Stand chopsticks, spoons, forks or a spatula in it to drain after washing: water runs out through the wavy cut-outs and collects in a tray at the bottom that slides out to empty. Small hooks on the side hold a whisk or a ladle. Choose one or two holders in gray, black or one of each. It is part of our \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/home-and-kitchen\"\u003eKitchen Essentials\u003c\/a\u003e collection.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eKey features\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNo drilling\u003c\/strong\u003e – an adhesive plate fixes it to tile or a smooth panel\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSlide-out drip tray\u003c\/strong\u003e – pull it out to pour away the water\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSlotted sides\u003c\/strong\u003e – wavy cut-outs let air in and water out\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSide hooks\u003c\/strong\u003e – hang a whisk, ladle or peeler\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e12.5 x 8.5 x 6.6 cm\u003c\/strong\u003e – holds a handful of chopsticks and a few spoons\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eType\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWall-mounted cutlery and chopstick holder\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSize\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e12.5 x 8.5 x 6.6 cm (4.9 x 3.3 x 2.6 in)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMounting\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAdhesive plate, no drilling\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDrainage\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSlotted sides, slide-out drip tray\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eExtras\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSide hooks\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eColors\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGray, black\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow does the wall-mounted utensil holder attach?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe wall-mounted utensil holder hangs on an adhesive plate: clean and dry the tile or panel, press the plate on firmly and wait before hanging the holder on it.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow big is the wall-mounted utensil holder?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe wall-mounted utensil holder measures 12.5 cm tall, 8.5 cm wide and 6.6 cm deep (4.9 x 3.3 x 2.6 in).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes the utensil holder have a drip tray?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes. The wall-mounted utensil holder has a tray at the bottom that slides out so you can pour away the water.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is in the 2 Holders – Black and Gray option?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe 2 Holders – Black and Gray option of the wall-mounted utensil holder is one black holder and one gray holder.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBuying more than one, ordering again, or shopping for a gift or event?\u003c\/strong\u003e Email \u003ca href=\"mailto:cs@elysianoble.com\"\u003ecs@elysianoble.com\u003c\/a\u003e with the product link for a personal quote.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eShipping and returns\u003c\/strong\u003e – see our \u003ca href=\"\/policies\/shipping-policy\"\u003eShipping Policy\u003c\/a\u003e and \u003ca href=\"\/policies\/refund-policy\"\u003eRefund Policy\u003c\/a\u003e for delivery times and how returns work.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Elysianoble","offers":[{"title":"1 Holder – Gray","offer_id":42530281357382,"sku":"14:200006152#1PCS-Grey","price":20.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"2 Holders – Black","offer_id":42530281390150,"sku":"14:200006153#2PCS-Black","price":20.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"2 Holders – Gray","offer_id":42530281422918,"sku":"14:200006154#2PCS-Grey","price":20.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"2 Holders – Black and Gray","offer_id":42530281455686,"sku":"14:200006155#2PCS-Mixed","price":20.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"1 Holder – Black","offer_id":42530281488454,"sku":"14:200006151#1PCS-Black","price":20.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0610\/4747\/2198\/files\/Sb11a19db8ff948c7b472be40993a06bbe.webp?v=1739833530"},{"product_id":"2-tier-countertop-organizer-side-hooks","title":"2-Tier Countertop Organizer – Steel Poles, Side Hooks, Black or White","description":"\u003cp\u003eTwo deep trays on four steel poles turn one patch of counter into two shelves: this 2-tier countertop organizer holds tall pump bottles on the bottom tray and shorter jars above, with 24 cm of clearance between them. Two hooks on the side take a brush or a sponge. It is pictured in a bathroom, and the same rack keeps oils, sauces and spice jars together beside a kitchen hob. It is part of our \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/home-and-kitchen\"\u003eKitchen Essentials\u003c\/a\u003e collection.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eKey features\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTwo deep trays\u003c\/strong\u003e – raised rims keep bottles from sliding off\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e24 cm between tiers\u003c\/strong\u003e – room for tall pump bottles and oil bottles\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSteel poles\u003c\/strong\u003e – stainless-look uprights join the two trays\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSide hooks\u003c\/strong\u003e – two hooks for a brush, sponge or towel\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBlack or white\u003c\/strong\u003e – plain trays to match a kitchen or bathroom\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eTiers\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSize\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAbout 35 cm wide × 35 cm high (13.8 × 13.8 in)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eClearance between tiers\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e24 cm (9.4 in)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFrame\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSteel poles, plastic trays\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eExtras\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2 side hooks\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eColours\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBlack, white\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIn the box\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 2-tier organizer in parts (trays, poles and hooks); bottles shown are not included\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCare\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWipe the trays with a damp cloth\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDry the poles after splashes\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow big is the 2-tier countertop organizer?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe 2-tier countertop organizer shown in the option photos is 35 cm (13.8 in) wide and 35 cm high, with 24 cm (9.4 in) of clear height between the two trays for tall bottles.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan the 2-tier organizer go under a sink or in a bathroom?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes, the 2-tier countertop organizer is pictured on a bathroom counter holding soap pumps and lotions, and it works the same way for oils and spices beside a hob or in an under-sink cupboard with enough height.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat are the hooks on the side of the organizer for?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe two hooks on the side of the 2-tier countertop organizer hold a hairbrush, a bath sponge or a small kitchen towel.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBuying more than one, ordering again, or shopping for a gift or event?\u003c\/strong\u003e Email \u003ca href=\"mailto:cs@elysianoble.com\"\u003ecs@elysianoble.com\u003c\/a\u003e with the product link for a personal quote.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eShipping and returns\u003c\/strong\u003e – see our \u003ca href=\"\/policies\/shipping-policy\"\u003eShipping Policy\u003c\/a\u003e and \u003ca href=\"\/policies\/refund-policy\"\u003eRefund Policy\u003c\/a\u003e for delivery times and how returns work.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Elysianoble","offers":[{"title":"Black","offer_id":42533223530566,"sku":"14:200006152#Black","price":19.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"White","offer_id":42533223563334,"sku":"14:200006151#White","price":19.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0610\/4747\/2198\/files\/S3d975784e6094593b19ba38812a058ffq_e9274a5e-79a5-46b3-9d54-5061508014c2.webp?v=1739926101"},{"product_id":"plate-and-lid-rack-peg-stand","title":"Plate and Lid Rack – Upright Peg Stand for Plates, Lids and Glasses","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe plate and lid rack is a compact plastic stand with two rows of upright pegs that keeps plates, bowls and pot lids standing on their edge instead of stacked. Use it by the sink as a drying rack or in a cupboard so lids stop sliding around. It is part of our \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/home-and-kitchen\"\u003eKitchen Essentials\u003c\/a\u003e collection.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eGlasses and bottles can also dry upside down over the pegs. Choose white for a bright kitchen or grey to match steel and stone. It takes up less worktop than a full dish drainer, which helps in a small kitchen or a caravan.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eKey features\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUpright pegs\u003c\/strong\u003e – plates and lids stand on their edge\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLids and boards\u003c\/strong\u003e – pot lids and chopping boards stay put\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGlass drying\u003c\/strong\u003e – cups and glasses hang upside down on the pegs\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTwo colours\u003c\/strong\u003e – white or grey\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProduct\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePlate, lid and glass rack\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaterial\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePlastic\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eColours\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWhite, Gray\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIn the box\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 plate and lid rack\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCare\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWash with warm soapy water and let it air dry.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat can I stand in the plate and lid rack?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe plate and lid rack holds dinner plates, bowls, pot lids and chopping boards upright between its pegs, and glasses can dry upside down over the pegs.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhere does the plate and lid rack go?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe plate and lid rack stands on the worktop next to the sink or inside a cupboard to keep plates and lids upright and easy to reach.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat colours does the plate and lid rack come in?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe plate and lid rack comes in white or grey plastic.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs the plate and lid rack one piece?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe plate and lid rack has two rows of upright pegs joined by a base frame, shown in the photos from both ends.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBuying more than one, ordering again, or shopping for a gift or event?\u003c\/strong\u003e Email \u003ca href=\"mailto:cs@elysianoble.com\"\u003ecs@elysianoble.com\u003c\/a\u003e with the product link for a personal quote.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eShipping and returns\u003c\/strong\u003e – see our \u003ca href=\"\/policies\/shipping-policy\"\u003eShipping Policy\u003c\/a\u003e and \u003ca href=\"\/policies\/refund-policy\"\u003eRefund Policy\u003c\/a\u003e for delivery times and how returns work.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Elysianoble","offers":[{"title":"White","offer_id":42533223923782,"sku":"14:200006152#white","price":20.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Grey","offer_id":42533223956550,"sku":"14:200006151#gray","price":20.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0610\/4747\/2198\/files\/S370d0fd743ff4d1ab441aedb6eefc222i_3e1604cb-7ec6-4263-85d5-2284a8c07005.webp?v=1739926105"},{"product_id":"wooden-plate-rack-lid-dish-holder","title":"Wooden Plate Rack – Lid and Dish Holder, 3 to 7 Grids, Light or Dark","description":"\u003cp\u003eStacked plates mean lifting three to reach one, and this wooden plate rack stands them on edge instead. Upright posts 3 cm apart hold plates, pan lids, cutting boards or books, in lengths from 14 to 31 cm. It is part of our \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/home-and-kitchen\"\u003eKitchen Essentials\u003c\/a\u003e collection.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eKey features\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUpright posts\u003c\/strong\u003e – hold each item on edge so you can take one at a time\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e5 lengths\u003c\/strong\u003e – 3 to 7 grids, 14 cm up to 31 cm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTwo finishes\u003c\/strong\u003e – pale plain wood or carbonized dark brown\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLight weight\u003c\/strong\u003e – about 70 g up to 140 g by size, easy to move to the sink\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMulti-use\u003c\/strong\u003e – plates, cups, pot lids and cookbooks all appear in the photos\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWidth\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e11.5 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eHeight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e10.5 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePost spacing\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eLengths\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e14, 19, 23, 27 or 31 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWeight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAbout 70, 90, 100, 130 or 140 g\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaterial\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWood\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIn the box\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOne wooden rack in the size and finish you choose\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCare\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWipe with a dry cloth, and let wet plates drip first since wood marks if left damp.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow long is the wooden plate rack in each size?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe wooden plate rack is 14 cm long with 3 grids, 19 cm with 4, 23 cm with 5, 27 cm with 6 and 31 cm with 7.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow wide are the slots on the plate rack?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe posts on this wooden plate rack are 3 cm apart, so each slot takes a plate, a pan lid or a thin book upright.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes the wooden rack need assembly?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003ePhotos show the wooden plate rack packed flat in a bag with its rails in place; set the two rails apart and it stands ready.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the difference between light and dark wood?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe light wooden plate rack is a pale plain wood, and the dark one has a carbonized brown finish; the size is the same.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBuying more than one, ordering again, or shopping for a gift or event?\u003c\/strong\u003e Email \u003ca href=\"mailto:cs@elysianoble.com\"\u003ecs@elysianoble.com\u003c\/a\u003e with the product link for a personal quote.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eShipping and returns\u003c\/strong\u003e – see our \u003ca href=\"\/policies\/shipping-policy\"\u003eShipping Policy\u003c\/a\u003e and \u003ca href=\"\/policies\/refund-policy\"\u003eRefund Policy\u003c\/a\u003e for delivery times and how returns work.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Elysianoble","offers":[{"title":"Dark Wood, 4 Grids","offer_id":42533223989318,"sku":"14:200006155#Brown-4grids-1pcs","price":20.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Dark Wood, 3 Grids","offer_id":42533224022086,"sku":"14:200006154#Brown-3grids-1pcs","price":19.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Light Wood, 7 Grids","offer_id":42533224054854,"sku":"14:200006156#White-7grids-1pcs","price":22.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Light Wood, 6 Grids","offer_id":42533224087622,"sku":"14:200004889#White-6grids-1pcs","price":20.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Light Wood, 5 Grids","offer_id":42533224120390,"sku":"14:200004870#White-5grids-1pcs","price":20.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Light Wood, 4 Grids","offer_id":42533224153158,"sku":"14:200003699#White-4grids-1pcs","price":19.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Light Wood, 3 Grids","offer_id":42533224185926,"sku":"14:200002984#White-3grids-1pcs","price":19.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Dark Wood, 7 Grids","offer_id":42533224218694,"sku":"14:200006152#Brown-7grids-1pcs","price":22.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Dark Wood, 6 Grids","offer_id":42533224251462,"sku":"14:200006151#Brown-6grids-1pcs","price":22.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Dark Wood, 5 Grids","offer_id":42533224284230,"sku":"14:200006153#Brown-5grids-1pcs","price":20.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0610\/4747\/2198\/files\/S07c86d290ee84796ac1c40976aa259a0O_9bf25558-12e2-4d15-9fc4-2fd37ccd34ad.webp?v=1739926105"},{"product_id":"faucet-sink-mat-absorbent-splash-mat","title":"Faucet Sink Mat – Absorbent Splash Mat with Tap Hole, 40 or 60 cm","description":"\u003cp\u003eThis faucet sink mat lies on the strip of counter behind your kitchen or bathroom tap and soaks up the splashes that usually pool there. A pre-cut 6.35 cm hole with a slit lets it wrap around a single-hole tap, and the rubber base keeps the water off the counter. Choose one of 22 prints, from cream lettering and black checkers to a cartoon carrot. It is part of our \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/home-and-kitchen\"\u003eKitchen Essentials\u003c\/a\u003e collection.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eKey features\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFits around the tap\u003c\/strong\u003e – a 6.35 cm round cut-out with a slit slides around a standard single-hole faucet\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAbsorbent top\u003c\/strong\u003e – a printed nappa-texture fabric over an absorbent layer takes in drips from hands and sponges\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRubber base\u003c\/strong\u003e – the waterproof underside stops water reaching the counter and grips the surface\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFour sizes\u003c\/strong\u003e – 10 or 14 cm deep, 40 or 60 cm long, to match a narrow ledge or a wide sink\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e22 prints\u003c\/strong\u003e – rectangles and rounded ovals in calm neutrals or bold patterns\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSizes\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e10 × 40 cm, 10 × 60 cm, 14 × 40 cm, 14 × 60 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eTap hole\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e6.35 cm, pre-cut with slit\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eTop\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePrinted nappa-texture fabric\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBase\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRubber\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eShapes\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRectangle or rounded oval, by print\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCare\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRinse or wipe with a damp cloth and mild soap\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDry flat; no bleach or tumble dryer\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat sizes does the faucet sink mat come in?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe faucet sink mat comes in four sizes: 10 × 40 cm, 10 × 60 cm, 14 × 40 cm and 14 × 60 cm; measure the strip of counter behind your sink and pick the one that fits.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes the faucet sink mat fit around my tap?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes, the faucet sink mat has a pre-cut 6.35 cm round hole with a slit, so it slides around a standard single-hole tap and lies flat behind it.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the faucet sink mat made of?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe faucet sink mat has a printed nappa-texture fabric top over an absorbent layer and a rubber base that keeps water from passing through to the counter.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow do I clean the faucet sink mat?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eRinse the faucet sink mat under the tap or wipe it with a damp cloth and mild soap, then let it dry flat; avoid bleach and harsh scrubbing.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBuying more than one, ordering again, or shopping for a gift or event?\u003c\/strong\u003e Email \u003ca href=\"mailto:cs@elysianoble.com\"\u003ecs@elysianoble.com\u003c\/a\u003e with the product link for a personal quote.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eShipping and returns\u003c\/strong\u003e – see our \u003ca href=\"\/policies\/shipping-policy\"\u003eShipping Policy\u003c\/a\u003e and \u003ca href=\"\/policies\/refund-policy\"\u003eRefund Policy\u003c\/a\u003e for delivery times and how returns work.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Elysianoble","offers":[{"title":"Cream Dots \/ 10 x 60 cm","offer_id":42533271339078,"sku":"14:10#1;5:436194931#10x60 cm","price":19.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Cream Dots \/ 10 x 40 cm","offer_id":42533271371846,"sku":"14:10#1;5:540556747#10x40 cm","price":14.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Cream Dots, Dark Edge \/ 10 x 60 cm","offer_id":42533271404614,"sku":"14:175#2;5:436194931#10x60 cm","price":19.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Cream Dots, Dark Edge \/ 10 x 40 cm","offer_id":42533271437382,"sku":"14:175#2;5:540556747#10x40 cm","price":14.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Cream Stripes \/ 14 x 60 cm","offer_id":42533271470150,"sku":"14:193#3;5:37867310#14x60cm","price":27.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Cream Stripes \/ 14 x 40 cm","offer_id":42533271502918,"sku":"14:193#3;5:97847734#14x40cm","price":23.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Cream Stripes \/ 10 x 60 cm","offer_id":42533271535686,"sku":"14:193#3;5:436194931#10x60 cm","price":19.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Cream Stripes \/ 10 x 40 cm","offer_id":42533271568454,"sku":"14:193#3;5:540556747#10x40 cm","price":14.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Cream Dots \/ 14 x 60 cm","offer_id":42533271601222,"sku":"14:10#1;5:37867310#14x60cm","price":27.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Cream Dots \/ 14 x 40 cm","offer_id":42533271633990,"sku":"14:10#1;5:97847734#14x40cm","price":23.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Checker Border Oval \/ 10 x 60 cm","offer_id":42533271666758,"sku":"14:366#6;5:436194931#10x60 cm","price":19.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Checker Border Oval \/ 10 x 40 cm","offer_id":42533271699526,"sku":"14:366#6;5:540556747#10x40 cm","price":14.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Ivory Ribs \/ 14 x 60 cm","offer_id":42533271732294,"sku":"14:173#4;5:37867310#14x60cm","price":27.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Ivory Ribs \/ 14 x 40 cm","offer_id":42533271765062,"sku":"14:173#4;5:97847734#14x40cm","price":23.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Ivory Ribs \/ 10 x 60 cm","offer_id":42533271797830,"sku":"14:173#4;5:436194931#10x60 cm","price":19.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Ivory Ribs \/ 10 x 40 cm","offer_id":42533271830598,"sku":"14:173#4;5:540556747#10x40 cm","price":14.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Cream Dots, Dark Edge \/ 14 x 60 cm","offer_id":42533271863366,"sku":"14:175#2;5:37867310#14x60cm","price":27.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Cream Dots, Dark Edge \/ 14 x 40 cm","offer_id":42533271896134,"sku":"14:175#2;5:97847734#14x40cm","price":23.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Checker Border \/ 10 x 60 cm","offer_id":42533271928902,"sku":"14:496#7;5:436194931#10x60 cm","price":19.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Checker Border \/ 10 x 40 cm","offer_id":42533271961670,"sku":"14:496#7;5:540556747#10x40 cm","price":14.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Green Crocodile \/ 14 x 60 cm","offer_id":42533271994438,"sku":"14:1052#5;5:37867310#14x60cm","price":27.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Green Crocodile \/ 14 x 40 cm","offer_id":42533272027206,"sku":"14:1052#5;5:97847734#14x40cm","price":23.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Green Crocodile \/ 10 x 60 cm","offer_id":42533272059974,"sku":"14:1052#5;5:436194931#10x60 cm","price":19.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Green Crocodile \/ 10 x 40 cm","offer_id":42533272092742,"sku":"14:1052#5;5:540556747#10x40 cm","price":14.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Checker Border Oval \/ 14 x 60 cm","offer_id":42533272125510,"sku":"14:366#6;5:37867310#14x60cm","price":27.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Checker Border Oval \/ 14 x 40 cm","offer_id":42533272158278,"sku":"14:366#6;5:97847734#14x40cm","price":23.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Brown Dots \/ 10 x 60 cm","offer_id":42533272191046,"sku":"14:350852#9;5:436194931#10x60 cm","price":19.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Brown Dots \/ 10 x 40 cm","offer_id":42533272223814,"sku":"14:350852#9;5:540556747#10x40 cm","price":14.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Brown Dots Oval \/ 14 x 60 cm","offer_id":42533272256582,"sku":"14:365458#8;5:37867310#14x60cm","price":27.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Brown Dots Oval \/ 14 x 40 cm","offer_id":42533272289350,"sku":"14:365458#8;5:97847734#14x40cm","price":23.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Brown Dots Oval \/ 10 x 60 cm","offer_id":42533272322118,"sku":"14:365458#8;5:436194931#10x60 cm","price":19.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Brown Dots Oval \/ 10 x 40 cm","offer_id":42533272354886,"sku":"14:365458#8;5:540556747#10x40 cm","price":14.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Checker Border \/ 14 x 60 cm","offer_id":42533272387654,"sku":"14:496#7;5:37867310#14x60cm","price":27.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Checker Border \/ 14 x 40 cm","offer_id":42533272420422,"sku":"14:496#7;5:97847734#14x40cm","price":23.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Grey Tiles Oval \/ 10 x 60 cm","offer_id":42533272453190,"sku":"14:200002130#10;5:436194931#10x60 cm","price":19.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Grey Tiles Oval \/ 10 x 40 cm","offer_id":42533272485958,"sku":"14:200002130#10;5:540556747#10x40 cm","price":14.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Grey Tiles \/ 14 x 60 cm","offer_id":42533272518726,"sku":"14:771#11;5:37867310#14x60cm","price":27.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Grey Tiles \/ 14 x 40 cm","offer_id":42533272551494,"sku":"14:771#11;5:97847734#14x40cm","price":23.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Grey Tiles \/ 10 x 60 cm","offer_id":42533272584262,"sku":"14:771#11;5:436194931#10x60 cm","price":19.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Grey Tiles \/ 10 x 40 cm","offer_id":42533272617030,"sku":"14:771#11;5:540556747#10x40 cm","price":14.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Brown Dots \/ 14 x 60 cm","offer_id":42533272649798,"sku":"14:350852#9;5:37867310#14x60cm","price":27.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Brown Dots \/ 14 x 40 cm","offer_id":42533272682566,"sku":"14:350852#9;5:97847734#14x40cm","price":23.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Floral Sketch \/ 10 x 60 cm","offer_id":42533272715334,"sku":"14:29#13;5:436194931#10x60 cm","price":19.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Floral Sketch \/ 10 x 40 cm","offer_id":42533272748102,"sku":"14:29#13;5:540556747#10x40 cm","price":14.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Floral Sketch Oval \/ 14 x 60 cm","offer_id":42533272780870,"sku":"14:200003699#12;5:37867310#14x60cm","price":27.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Floral Sketch Oval \/ 14 x 40 cm","offer_id":42533272813638,"sku":"14:200003699#12;5:97847734#14x40cm","price":23.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Floral Sketch Oval \/ 10 x 60 cm","offer_id":42533272846406,"sku":"14:200003699#12;5:436194931#10x60 cm","price":19.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Floral Sketch Oval \/ 10 x 40 cm","offer_id":42533272879174,"sku":"14:200003699#12;5:540556747#10x40 cm","price":14.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Grey Tiles Oval \/ 14 x 60 cm","offer_id":42533272911942,"sku":"14:200002130#10;5:37867310#14x60cm","price":27.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Grey Tiles Oval \/ 14 x 40 cm","offer_id":42533272944710,"sku":"14:200002130#10;5:97847734#14x40cm","price":23.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Cream Lettering Oval \/ 10 x 60 cm","offer_id":42533272977478,"sku":"14:200002984#15;5:436194931#10x60 cm","price":19.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Cream Lettering Oval \/ 10 x 40 cm","offer_id":42533273010246,"sku":"14:200002984#15;5:540556747#10x40 cm","price":14.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Orange Carrot \/ 14 x 60 cm","offer_id":42533273043014,"sku":"14:100018786#14;5:37867310#14x60cm","price":27.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Orange Carrot \/ 14 x 40 cm","offer_id":42533273075782,"sku":"14:100018786#14;5:97847734#14x40cm","price":23.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Orange Carrot \/ 10 x 60 cm","offer_id":42533273108550,"sku":"14:100018786#14;5:436194931#10x60 cm","price":19.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Orange Carrot \/ 10 x 40 cm","offer_id":42533273141318,"sku":"14:100018786#14;5:540556747#10x40 cm","price":14.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Floral Sketch \/ 14 x 60 cm","offer_id":42533273174086,"sku":"14:29#13;5:37867310#14x60cm","price":27.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Floral Sketch \/ 14 x 40 cm","offer_id":42533273206854,"sku":"14:29#13;5:97847734#14x40cm","price":23.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Grey Lettering Oval \/ 10 x 60 cm","offer_id":42533273239622,"sku":"14:200006153#17;5:436194931#10x60 cm","price":19.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Grey Lettering Oval \/ 10 x 40 cm","offer_id":42533273272390,"sku":"14:200006153#17;5:540556747#10x40 cm","price":14.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Cream Lettering \/ 14 x 60 cm","offer_id":42533273305158,"sku":"14:365016#16;5:37867310#14x60cm","price":27.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Cream Lettering \/ 14 x 40 cm","offer_id":42533273337926,"sku":"14:365016#16;5:97847734#14x40cm","price":23.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Cream Lettering \/ 10 x 60 cm","offer_id":42533273370694,"sku":"14:365016#16;5:436194931#10x60 cm","price":19.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Cream Lettering \/ 10 x 40 cm","offer_id":42533273403462,"sku":"14:365016#16;5:540556747#10x40 cm","price":14.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Cream Lettering Oval \/ 14 x 60 cm","offer_id":42533273436230,"sku":"14:200002984#15;5:37867310#14x60cm","price":27.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Cream Lettering Oval \/ 14 x 40 cm","offer_id":42533273468998,"sku":"14:200002984#15;5:97847734#14x40cm","price":23.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Black Checker Oval \/ 10 x 60 cm","offer_id":42533273501766,"sku":"14:200006154#19;5:436194931#10x60 cm","price":19.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Black Checker Oval \/ 10 x 40 cm","offer_id":42533273534534,"sku":"14:200006154#19;5:540556747#10x40 cm","price":14.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Black Lettering \/ 14 x 60 cm","offer_id":42533273567302,"sku":"14:1254#18;5:37867310#14x60cm","price":27.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Black Lettering \/ 14 x 40 cm","offer_id":42533273600070,"sku":"14:1254#18;5:97847734#14x40cm","price":23.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Black Lettering \/ 10 x 60 cm","offer_id":42533273632838,"sku":"14:1254#18;5:436194931#10x60 cm","price":19.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Black Lettering \/ 10 x 40 cm","offer_id":42533273665606,"sku":"14:1254#18;5:540556747#10x40 cm","price":14.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Grey Lettering Oval \/ 14 x 60 cm","offer_id":42533273698374,"sku":"14:200006153#17;5:37867310#14x60cm","price":27.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Grey Lettering Oval \/ 14 x 40 cm","offer_id":42533273731142,"sku":"14:200006153#17;5:97847734#14x40cm","price":23.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Bear Oval \/ 10 x 60 cm","offer_id":42533273763910,"sku":"14:200006156#21;5:436194931#10x60 cm","price":19.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Bear Oval \/ 10 x 40 cm","offer_id":42533273796678,"sku":"14:200006156#21;5:540556747#10x40 cm","price":14.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Black Checker \/ 14 x 60 cm","offer_id":42533273829446,"sku":"14:200000195#20;5:37867310#14x60cm","price":27.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Black Checker \/ 14 x 40 cm","offer_id":42533273862214,"sku":"14:200000195#20;5:97847734#14x40cm","price":23.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Black Checker \/ 10 x 60 cm","offer_id":42533273894982,"sku":"14:200000195#20;5:436194931#10x60 cm","price":19.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Black Checker \/ 10 x 40 cm","offer_id":42533273927750,"sku":"14:200000195#20;5:540556747#10x40 cm","price":14.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Black Checker Oval \/ 14 x 60 cm","offer_id":42533273960518,"sku":"14:200006154#19;5:37867310#14x60cm","price":27.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Black Checker Oval \/ 14 x 40 cm","offer_id":42533273993286,"sku":"14:200006154#19;5:97847734#14x40cm","price":23.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Bear Oval \/ 14 x 60 cm","offer_id":42533274026054,"sku":"14:200006156#21;5:37867310#14x60cm","price":27.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Bear Oval \/ 14 x 40 cm","offer_id":42533274058822,"sku":"14:200006156#21;5:97847734#14x40cm","price":23.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Cream Oval, Dark Edge \/ 14 x 60 cm","offer_id":42533274091590,"sku":"14:200004870#23;5:37867310#14x60cm","price":27.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Cream Oval, Dark Edge \/ 14 x 40 cm","offer_id":42533274124358,"sku":"14:200004870#23;5:97847734#14x40cm","price":23.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Cream Oval, Dark Edge \/ 10 x 60 cm","offer_id":42533274157126,"sku":"14:200004870#23;5:436194931#10x60 cm","price":19.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Cream Oval, Dark Edge \/ 10 x 40 cm","offer_id":42533274189894,"sku":"14:200004870#23;5:540556747#10x40 cm","price":14.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0610\/4747\/2198\/files\/S4618a76ff3c54b2da3e5434706e8ebc18.webp?v=1739927501"},{"product_id":"silicone-sink-drying-mat-strip","title":"Silicone Sink Drying Mat – Ribbed Strip, 35 or 55 cm, Black or Grey","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe silicone sink drying mat is a narrow ribbed strip that sits behind the tap or along the side of the sink, catching drips from soap bottles, sponges and freshly washed cups. The raised ribs keep things up out of the water. It is part of our \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/home-and-kitchen\"\u003eKitchen Essentials\u003c\/a\u003e collection.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBoth sizes are 8 cm wide: the 35 cm strip fits behind most taps, and the 55 cm strip runs the length of a sink for a row of glasses.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eKey features\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRibbed top\u003c\/strong\u003e – lifts bottles and cups off standing water\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSlim strip\u003c\/strong\u003e – 8 cm wide, fits the ledge behind a tap\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHanging hole\u003c\/strong\u003e – hang it on a hook to dry\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTwo lengths\u003c\/strong\u003e – 35 or 55 cm, in black or grey\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProduct\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSink drying mat \/ drainer strip\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSize\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e35 × 8 cm or 55 × 8 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaterial\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSilicone\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eColours\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBlack, Gray\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIn the box\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 silicone sink drying mat in the size and colour you choose\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCare\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRinse and hang to dry.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWash with warm soapy water when needed.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat sizes does the silicone sink drying mat come in?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe silicone sink drying mat comes in 35 × 8 cm or 55 × 8 cm, both as a long strip.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhere does the silicone sink drying mat go?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe silicone sink drying mat lies along the back of the sink or beside it, under the tap, soap bottles or drying cups, so water does not pool on the worktop.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan the silicone sink drying mat be hung up?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes. The silicone sink drying mat has a hole at one end, so it can hang on a hook to dry.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat colours does the silicone sink drying mat come in?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe silicone sink drying mat comes in black or grey.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBuying more than one, ordering again, or shopping for a gift or event?\u003c\/strong\u003e Email \u003ca href=\"mailto:cs@elysianoble.com\"\u003ecs@elysianoble.com\u003c\/a\u003e with the product link for a personal quote.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eShipping and returns\u003c\/strong\u003e – see our \u003ca href=\"\/policies\/shipping-policy\"\u003eShipping Policy\u003c\/a\u003e and \u003ca href=\"\/policies\/refund-policy\"\u003eRefund Policy\u003c\/a\u003e for delivery times and how returns work.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Elysianoble","offers":[{"title":"Black \/ 35 x 8 cm","offer_id":42533415125062,"sku":"14:193#Black;200322262:202623856;5:361386#35x8cm","price":21.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Grey \/ 55 x 8 cm","offer_id":42533415157830,"sku":"14:175#Gray;200322262:202623856;5:361385#55x8cm","price":23.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Black \/ 55 x 8 cm","offer_id":42533415190598,"sku":"14:193#Black;200322262:202623856;5:361385#55x8cm","price":23.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Grey \/ 35 x 8 cm","offer_id":42533415223366,"sku":"14:175#Gray;200322262:202623856;5:361386#35x8cm","price":21.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0610\/4747\/2198\/files\/Sa866f9d3542b41ce9c5d5e6ccf2f1d45D.webp?v=1739933391"},{"product_id":"silicone-dish-drying-mat","title":"Silicone Dish Drying Mat – Ridged, Drains to Sink, 38.5 x 24.5 cm","description":"\u003cp\u003eThis silicone dish drying mat sits beside the sink and lifts glasses, plates and cutlery onto raised diagonal ridges, so water runs off toward the basin instead of pooling on the counter. At 38.5 × 24.5 cm it takes a rack's worth of washing-up, then rolls away into a drawer. It is part of our \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/home-and-kitchen\"\u003eKitchen Essentials\u003c\/a\u003e collection.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eKey features\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRaised ridges\u003c\/strong\u003e – angled ribs hold dishes up so air reaches the underside\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDrains to the sink\u003c\/strong\u003e – the lipped edge leads water into the basin\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNon-slip underside\u003c\/strong\u003e – the flat back stays put on a smooth worktop\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRolls up\u003c\/strong\u003e – flexible silicone folds or rolls for storage\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRinse clean\u003c\/strong\u003e – wash it under the tap or wipe it down\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSize\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e38.5 × 24.5 cm (about 15.2 × 9.6 in)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eThickness\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e0.5 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaterial\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSilicone\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eColour\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGrey\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIn the box\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 silicone dish drying mat\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eUse\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePlace the lipped edge over or against the sink rim so water drains away\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRinse and air-dry the mat now and then to keep the ridges clean\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow big is the silicone dish drying mat?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe silicone dish drying mat measures 38.5 × 24.5 cm (about 15.2 × 9.6 in) and is 0.5 cm thick, sized for the counter beside a standard sink.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes the dish drying mat drain into the sink?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes, the silicone dish drying mat has raised diagonal ridges and a lip on one edge that channel water toward the sink when the mat is placed alongside it.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan the dish drying mat be rolled up?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes, the silicone dish drying mat is flexible enough to roll or fold for storage in a drawer and lies flat again when unrolled.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs the dish drying mat a baking mat?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eNo, this silicone mat is a dish drying mat for glasses, plates and cutlery on the counter; it is not sold as a baking or oven mat.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBuying more than one, ordering again, or shopping for a gift or event?\u003c\/strong\u003e Email \u003ca href=\"mailto:cs@elysianoble.com\"\u003ecs@elysianoble.com\u003c\/a\u003e with the product link for a personal quote.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eShipping and returns\u003c\/strong\u003e – see our \u003ca href=\"\/policies\/shipping-policy\"\u003eShipping Policy\u003c\/a\u003e and \u003ca href=\"\/policies\/refund-policy\"\u003eRefund Policy\u003c\/a\u003e for delivery times and how returns work.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Elysianoble","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":42533416992838,"sku":"14:193#YH1189grey;5:361385","price":22.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0610\/4747\/2198\/files\/S2519cf13c42e4e8e9b88e64f960af8c9N.webp?v=1739933397"},{"product_id":"silicone-dish-drying-mat-9750","title":"Silicone Dish Drying Mat – Wave, Sloped Drain and Faucet Tray Styles","description":"\u003cp\u003eA silicone dish drying mat gives washed plates, glasses and pans a place to drip without soaking the worktop: raised ridges hold them above the water, and the mat rolls up when you need the counter back. This listing covers four silicone styles for different spots around the sink, from a full drying mat to a slim tray behind the tap. It is part of our \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/home-and-kitchen\"\u003eKitchen Essentials\u003c\/a\u003e collection.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eKey features\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRaised wave ridges\u003c\/strong\u003e – dishes sit above the water so air reaches them\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHeat resistant to 240°C\u003c\/strong\u003e – the wave mat also works as a trivet for a hot pot\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRolls up\u003c\/strong\u003e – flexible silicone rolls for a drawer or cupboard\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSloped drain mat\u003c\/strong\u003e – an angled channel runs water off the edge, back into the sink\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFaucet tray and sink strip\u003c\/strong\u003e – catch drips behind the tap and hold soap and sponges\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaterial\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSilicone\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWave mat\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e40 × 30 cm (15.7 × 11.8 in) or 50 × 40 cm; black, light grey, dark grey\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSloped drain mat\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eS 37 × 26 cm (165 g), M 42.5 × 33 cm (225 g), L 50.5 × 42.5 cm (365 g); grey\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFaucet tray\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e42 × 10 cm (16.5 × 3.9 in), 1.3 cm rim\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSink strip\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e55 × 8 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eHeat resistance\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUp to 240°C \/ 464°F (wave mat, maker's figure)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eChoosing a style\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWave Mat\u003c\/strong\u003e – flat drying mat for the counter; pick 50 × 40 cm for a full rack of dishes\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSloped Mat\u003c\/strong\u003e – grooves run either across (horizontal) or along (vertical) the mat; set the low edge over the sink\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFaucet Tray\u003c\/strong\u003e – sits behind the tap with a cut-out, for soap and sponge\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSink Strip\u003c\/strong\u003e – a 55 cm ledge mat for a windowsill or the back of the sink\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhich silicone drying mat should I choose?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003ePick the wave silicone drying mat for a dish-drying spot on the counter, the sloped drain mat to run water back into the sink, the 42 cm faucet tray for behind the tap, or the 55 cm strip for a narrow ledge.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat size is the silicone dish drying mat?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe wave silicone dish drying mat comes in 40 × 30 cm and 50 × 40 cm; the sloped drain mat comes in S (37 × 26 cm), M (42.5 × 33 cm) and L (50.5 × 42.5 cm).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I put a hot pot on the silicone drying mat?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes, the wave silicone drying mat is heat resistant to 240°C (464°F) according to the maker, so it doubles as a trivet for pots and pans.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow do I store and clean the silicone drying mat?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eRinse the silicone drying mat with dish soap and water, let it dry, and roll it up to store it in a drawer.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBuying more than one, ordering again, or shopping for a gift or event?\u003c\/strong\u003e Email \u003ca href=\"mailto:cs@elysianoble.com\"\u003ecs@elysianoble.com\u003c\/a\u003e with the product link for a personal quote.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eShipping and returns\u003c\/strong\u003e – see our \u003ca href=\"\/policies\/shipping-policy\"\u003eShipping Policy\u003c\/a\u003e and \u003ca href=\"\/policies\/refund-policy\"\u003eRefund Policy\u003c\/a\u003e for delivery times and how returns work.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Elysianoble","offers":[{"title":"Wave Mat 50 × 40 cm – Dark Grey","offer_id":42533444714566,"sku":"14:1052#dark grey 50x40cm","price":36.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Wave Mat 40 × 30 cm – Dark Grey","offer_id":42533444747334,"sku":"14:366#dark grey 40x30cm","price":27.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Wave Mat 50 × 40 cm – Black","offer_id":42533444780102,"sku":"14:173#black 50x40cm","price":35.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Wave Mat 40 × 30 cm – Black","offer_id":42533444812870,"sku":"14:175#black 40x30cm","price":27.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Faucet Tray 42 cm – Light Green","offer_id":42533444845638,"sku":"14:496#light green","price":27.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Faucet Tray 42 cm – Pink","offer_id":42533444878406,"sku":"14:350852#pink","price":27.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Faucet Tray 42 cm – Black","offer_id":42533444911174,"sku":"14:365458#black","price":26.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Faucet Tray 42 cm – Grey","offer_id":42533444943942,"sku":"14:200002130#grey","price":26.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Faucet Tray 42 cm – Cream Yellow","offer_id":42533444976710,"sku":"14:771#yellow","price":27.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Wave Mat 50 × 40 cm – Light Grey","offer_id":42533445009478,"sku":"14:193#light grey 50x40cm","price":36.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Sloped Mat S – Horizontal Grooves","offer_id":42533445042246,"sku":"14:29#S-Horizontal","price":27.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Wave Mat 40 × 30 cm – Light Grey","offer_id":42533445075014,"sku":"14:10#light grey 40x30cm","price":27.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Faucet Tray 42 cm – Beige","offer_id":42533445107782,"sku":"14:200003699#beige","price":27.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Sloped Mat M – Vertical Grooves","offer_id":42533445140550,"sku":"14:200002984#M-Perpendicular","price":27.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Sloped Mat M – Horizontal Grooves","offer_id":42533445173318,"sku":"14:100018786#M-Horizontal","price":27.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Sloped Mat L – Horizontal Grooves","offer_id":42533445206086,"sku":"14:200006153#L-Horizontal","price":36.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Sloped Mat L – Vertical Grooves","offer_id":42533445238854,"sku":"14:365016#L-Perpendicular","price":36.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Sink Strip 55 cm – Grey","offer_id":42533445271622,"sku":"14:200006154#Grey","price":26.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Sloped Mat S – Vertical Grooves","offer_id":42533445304390,"sku":"14:1254#S-Perpendicular","price":27.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Sink Strip 55 cm – Black","offer_id":42533445337158,"sku":"14:200006156#Black","price":26.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Sink Strip 55 cm – White","offer_id":42533445369926,"sku":"14:200000195#White","price":27.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Sink Strip 55 cm – Yellow","offer_id":42533445402694,"sku":"14:200006152#Yellow","price":27.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Sink Strip 55 cm – Pink","offer_id":42533445435462,"sku":"14:200006155#Pink","price":27.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Faucet Tray – Black (2)","offer_id":42533445468230,"sku":"14:200006151#Black","price":27.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Faucet Tray – Green (2)","offer_id":42533445500998,"sku":"14:200004870#Green","price":27.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Faucet Tray – Grey (2)","offer_id":42533445533766,"sku":"14:200004889#Grey","price":27.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0610\/4747\/2198\/files\/Sbc9b053823524fb8a84a97148d62e065G.webp?v=1739934807"},{"product_id":"12-piece-silicone-kitchen-utensil-set-non-stick-heat-resistant-cooking-tools","title":"Silicone Utensil Set – 12 Pieces with Wood Handles and Holder Cup","description":"\u003cp\u003eA first-kitchen or moving-in gift is sorted with this silicone utensil set, as 12 pieces come together with a printed holder cup that stands on the counter. Soft silicone heads and warm wooden handles suit non-stick pans, and the color runs through the cup and the heads. It is part of our \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/home-and-kitchen\"\u003eKitchen Essentials\u003c\/a\u003e collection.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eKey features\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eComplete starter kit\u003c\/strong\u003e – turners, spoons, a pasta server, whisk, tongs and a brush cover most daily cooking\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSilicone heads\u003c\/strong\u003e – soft edges are kinder to non-stick coatings than metal tools\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWooden handles\u003c\/strong\u003e – a warm grip that stays away from the pan\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHolder cup\u003c\/strong\u003e – the matching cup keeps everything upright by the stove and comes in the printed box\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFour color families\u003c\/strong\u003e – Pink, Charcoal, Cream and Mint, each with a cup to match\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGift ready\u003c\/strong\u003e – the set is shown with its own printed box, handy for a housewarming\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePieces\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e12, per supplier\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eHeads\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSilicone\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eHandles\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWood\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eStorage\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePrinted holder cup\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eColors\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePink, Charcoal, Cream, Mint\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is included in the 12 piece silicone utensil set?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe silicone utensil set shows turners, spoons, a pasta server, whisk, tongs and a brush with a holder cup. The supplier sells it as 12 pieces.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan the wooden handle utensils go in the dishwasher?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eWash the wooden handle utensils by hand and dry them straight away, since long soaking can dry out or crack wood.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAre silicone utensils safe on non-stick pans?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes, silicone utensils are soft on non-stick pans. The supplier does not give a heat rating, so do not rest them on a hot burner or in a hot pan.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the difference between Pink and Pink Set 2?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003ePink and Pink Set 2 of this utensil set look the same in the photos. The supplier sells them as two codes, and the same goes for the other colors.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBuying more than one, ordering again, or shopping for a gift or event?\u003c\/strong\u003e Email \u003ca href=\"mailto:cs@elysianoble.com\"\u003ecs@elysianoble.com\u003c\/a\u003e with the product link for a personal quote.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eShipping and returns\u003c\/strong\u003e – see our \u003ca href=\"\/policies\/shipping-policy\"\u003eShipping Policy\u003c\/a\u003e and \u003ca href=\"\/policies\/refund-policy\"\u003eRefund Policy\u003c\/a\u003e for delivery times and how returns work.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Elysianoble","offers":[{"title":"Pink","offer_id":42533724586054,"sku":"14:200006154#4","price":17.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Pink Set 2","offer_id":42533724618822,"sku":"14:200005536","price":29.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Charcoal","offer_id":42533724651590,"sku":"14:200006153#3","price":17.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Cream Set 2","offer_id":42533724684358,"sku":"14:200002984","price":29.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Cream","offer_id":42533724717126,"sku":"14:200006152#2","price":17.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Mint Set 2","offer_id":42533724749894,"sku":"14:200004890","price":29.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Mint","offer_id":42533724782662,"sku":"14:200006151#1","price":17.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Charcoal Set 2","offer_id":42533724815430,"sku":"14:200000195","price":29.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0610\/4747\/2198\/files\/Sa89d22a3a5a44a8f9e8cd3261ea2590fG.webp?v=1739941230"},{"product_id":"12-piece-silicone-kitchen-utensil-set-with-storage-bucket-non-stick-heat-resistant","title":"Kitchen Utensil Set – 12 Silicone Tools, Wood Handles, Bucket","description":"\u003cp\u003eSeven solid colors make this kitchen utensil set easy to match to a countertop, with a plain bucket that holds 12 silicone tools upright within reach of the stove. Wood handles keep the feel of a traditional spoon, and the silicone heads flip eggs and stir sauce on coated pans. It is part of our \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/home-and-kitchen\"\u003eKitchen Essentials\u003c\/a\u003e collection.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eKey features\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlain storage bucket\u003c\/strong\u003e – a solid, label-free cup that matches the utensil color\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTools for frying and baking\u003c\/strong\u003e – the photos show a turner on crepes, a whisk in batter, and a scraper in a mixing bowl\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNatural wood grip\u003c\/strong\u003e – wooden handles give a dry, non-slip feel\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSilicone edges\u003c\/strong\u003e – the soft head moves around a pan without scratching coated surfaces\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSolid colors\u003c\/strong\u003e – White, Khaki, Mint, Pink, Black, Dark Grey and Green\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePieces\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e12 tools, per supplier\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eStorage\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBucket holder\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eHeads\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSilicone\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eHandles\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWood\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eColors\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWhite, Khaki, Mint, Pink, Black, Dark Grey, Green\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow many tools come with this kitchen utensil set?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe kitchen utensil set has 12 tools, per the supplier. The photos show turners, spoons, a ladle, tongs and a whisk with the bucket.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow do I wash wood handle kitchen tools?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eWash these wood handle kitchen tools by hand in warm water and dry them soon after, so the wood does not crack.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan silicone cooking tools handle high heat?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe supplier does not list a heat limit for these silicone cooking tools, so avoid leaving them in a hot pan or on a burner.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDo the kitchen tools come in one color?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes, each kitchen tool set comes in a single color with a matching bucket. Pick from seven shades.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBuying more than one, ordering again, or shopping for a gift or event?\u003c\/strong\u003e Email \u003ca href=\"mailto:cs@elysianoble.com\"\u003ecs@elysianoble.com\u003c\/a\u003e with the product link for a personal quote.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eShipping and returns\u003c\/strong\u003e – see our \u003ca href=\"\/policies\/shipping-policy\"\u003eShipping Policy\u003c\/a\u003e and \u003ca href=\"\/policies\/refund-policy\"\u003eRefund Policy\u003c\/a\u003e for delivery times and how returns work.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Elysianoble","offers":[{"title":"White","offer_id":42533725012038,"sku":"14:200006156#White","price":52.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Khaki","offer_id":42533725044806,"sku":"14:200005536#Khaki","price":52.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Mint","offer_id":42533725077574,"sku":"14:200006153#Mint","price":52.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Pink","offer_id":42533725110342,"sku":"14:200006154#Pink","price":52.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Black","offer_id":42533725143110,"sku":"14:200006151#Black","price":52.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Dark Grey","offer_id":42533725175878,"sku":"14:200006152#Dark Grey","price":52.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Green","offer_id":42533725208646,"sku":"14:200004889#Green","price":52.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0610\/4747\/2198\/files\/Seb7e82d61a8f45a59bd339abbbe80c19K.webp?v=1739941231"}],"url":"https:\/\/elysianoble.com\/collections\/kitchen-tools.oembed","provider":"Elysianoble","version":"1.0","type":"link"}